1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 namespace { 132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 133 NotFound, 134 FoundNonType, 135 FoundType 136 }; 137 } // namespace 138 139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 140 /// dependent class. 141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 146 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 147 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 148 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 149 // Look for type decls in base classes. 150 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 152 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 153 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 154 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 155 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 156 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 157 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 158 // templates. 159 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 160 continue; 161 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 162 if (!TD) 163 continue; 164 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 165 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 166 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 167 continue; 168 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 169 } 170 if (BaseRD) { 171 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 172 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 173 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 174 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 175 } 176 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 177 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 178 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 179 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 181 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 182 break; 183 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 184 break; 185 } 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 190 return FoundTypeDecl; 191 } 192 193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 194 const IdentifierInfo &II, 195 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 196 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 197 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 198 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 200 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 201 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 DC = DC->getParent()) { 203 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 204 // templates. 205 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 206 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 207 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 210 return ParsedType(); 211 212 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 213 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 214 // lookup during template instantiation. 215 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 216 217 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 218 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 219 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 220 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 221 222 CXXScopeSpec SS; 223 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 224 225 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 226 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 227 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 228 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 229 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 230 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 231 } 232 233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 234 /// return the declaration of that type. 235 /// 236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 242 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 243 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 244 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 245 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 246 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 247 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 248 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 249 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 250 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 251 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 252 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 253 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 254 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 256 257 if (!LookupCtx) { 258 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 259 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 260 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 261 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 262 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 263 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 264 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 265 // 266 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 267 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 268 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 269 return ParsedType(); 270 271 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 272 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 273 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 274 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 275 276 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 277 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 278 II, NameLoc); 279 return ParsedType::make(T); 280 } 281 282 return ParsedType(); 283 } 284 285 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 286 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 287 return ParsedType(); 288 } 289 290 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 291 // lookup for class-names. 292 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 293 LookupOrdinaryName; 294 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 295 if (LookupCtx) { 296 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 297 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 298 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 299 // nested-name-specifier. 300 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 301 302 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 303 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 304 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 305 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 306 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 307 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 308 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 309 LookupName(Result, S); 310 } 311 } else { 312 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 313 LookupName(Result, S); 314 315 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 316 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 317 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 318 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 319 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 320 return TypeInBase; 321 } 322 } 323 324 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 325 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 326 case LookupResult::NotFound: 327 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 328 if (CorrectedII) { 329 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 330 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 331 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 332 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 333 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 334 TemplateTy Template; 335 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 336 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 337 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 338 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 339 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 340 if (SS && NNS) { 341 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 342 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 343 } 344 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 345 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 346 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 347 // is handled elsewhere). 348 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 349 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 350 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 351 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 352 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 353 IsCtorOrDtorName, 354 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 355 if (Ty) { 356 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 357 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 358 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 359 if (SS && NNS) 360 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 361 *CorrectedII = NewII; 362 return Ty; 363 } 364 } 365 } 366 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 367 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 368 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 369 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 370 return ParsedType(); 371 372 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 373 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 374 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 375 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 376 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 377 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 378 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 379 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 380 return ParsedType(); 381 } 382 383 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 384 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 385 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 386 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 387 if (!IIDecl || 388 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 389 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 390 IIDecl = *Res; 391 } 392 } 393 394 if (!IIDecl) { 395 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 396 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 397 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 398 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 399 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 400 // a type name. 401 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 402 return ParsedType(); 403 } 404 405 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 406 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 407 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 408 // perform the name lookup again. 409 break; 410 411 case LookupResult::Found: 412 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 413 break; 414 } 415 416 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 417 418 QualType T; 419 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 420 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 421 422 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 423 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 424 425 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 426 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 427 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 428 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 429 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 430 // Construct a type with type-source information. 431 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 432 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 433 434 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 435 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 436 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 437 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 438 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 439 } else { 440 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 441 } 442 } 443 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 444 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 445 if (!HasTrailingDot) 446 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 447 } 448 449 if (T.isNull()) { 450 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 451 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 452 return ParsedType(); 453 } 454 return ParsedType::make(T); 455 } 456 457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 458 static NestedNameSpecifier * 459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 460 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 461 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 462 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 463 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 464 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 465 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 467 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 468 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 469 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 470 } 471 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 472 } 473 474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 475 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 476 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 477 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 478 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 479 480 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 481 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 482 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 483 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 484 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 485 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 486 487 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 488 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 489 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 490 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 491 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 492 493 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 494 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 495 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 496 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 497 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 498 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 499 } 500 501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 507 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 508 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 509 LookupName(R, S, false); 510 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 511 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 512 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 514 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 515 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 516 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 517 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 518 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 519 } 520 } 521 522 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 523 } 524 525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 529 /// @code 530 /// template<class T> class A { 531 /// public: 532 /// typedef int TYPE; 533 /// }; 534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 535 /// public: 536 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 537 /// }; 538 /// @endcode 539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 540 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 541 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 542 return true; 543 544 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 545 546 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 547 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 548 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 549 return true; 550 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 551 } 552 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 553 } 554 555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 556 SourceLocation IILoc, 557 Scope *S, 558 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 559 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 560 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 561 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 562 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 563 564 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 565 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 566 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 567 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 568 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 569 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 570 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 571 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 572 // We corrected to a keyword. 573 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 574 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 575 } else { 576 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 577 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 578 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 579 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 580 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 581 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 582 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 583 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 584 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 585 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 586 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 587 } else { 588 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 589 } 590 591 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 592 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 593 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 594 SourceRange(IILoc)); 595 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 596 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 597 false, ParsedType(), 598 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 599 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 600 } 601 return; 602 } 603 604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 605 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 606 UnqualifiedId Name; 607 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 608 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 609 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 610 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 611 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 612 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 613 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 614 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 615 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 616 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 617 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 618 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 619 } 620 return; 621 } 622 } 623 624 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 625 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 626 627 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 628 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 629 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 630 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 631 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 632 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 633 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 634 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 635 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 636 637 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 638 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 639 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 641 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 642 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 643 } else { 644 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 645 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 646 } 647 } 648 649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 650 /// or 651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 652 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 653 NextToken.is(tok::less); 654 655 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 656 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 657 return true; 658 659 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 660 return true; 661 } 662 663 return false; 664 } 665 666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 667 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 668 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 669 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 671 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 672 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 673 StringRef FixItTagName; 674 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 675 case TTK_Class: 676 FixItTagName = "class "; 677 break; 678 679 case TTK_Enum: 680 FixItTagName = "enum "; 681 break; 682 683 case TTK_Struct: 684 FixItTagName = "struct "; 685 break; 686 687 case TTK_Interface: 688 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 689 break; 690 691 case TTK_Union: 692 FixItTagName = "union "; 693 break; 694 } 695 696 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 697 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 698 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 700 701 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 702 I != IEnd; ++I) 703 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 704 << Name << TagName; 705 706 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 707 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 708 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 709 return true; 710 } 711 712 return false; 713 } 714 715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 717 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 718 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 719 720 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 721 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 722 723 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 724 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 725 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 726 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 727 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 728 } 729 730 Sema::NameClassification 731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 732 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 733 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 734 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 735 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 736 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 737 738 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 739 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 740 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 741 } 742 743 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 744 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 745 746 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 747 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 748 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 749 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 750 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 751 return TypeInBase; 752 } 753 754 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 755 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 756 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 757 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 758 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 759 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 760 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 761 return E; 762 } 763 764 bool SecondTry = false; 765 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 766 767 Corrected: 768 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 769 case LookupResult::NotFound: 770 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 771 // call. 772 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 773 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 774 // FIXME: Reference? 775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 776 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 777 778 // C90 6.3.2.2: 779 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 780 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 781 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 782 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 783 // the function call, the declaration 784 // 785 // extern int identifier (); 786 // 787 // appeared. 788 // 789 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 790 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 791 Result.addDecl(D); 792 Result.resolveKind(); 793 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 794 } 795 } 796 797 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 798 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 799 // "struct", or "union". 800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 801 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 802 break; 803 } 804 805 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 806 // close to this name. 807 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 808 SecondTry = true; 809 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 810 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 811 &SS, std::move(CCC), 812 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 813 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 814 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 815 816 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 817 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 818 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1085 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1086 /// 1087 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1088 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1089 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1090 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1091 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1092 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1093 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1094 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1095 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1096 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1097 // namespace. 1098 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1099 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1100 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1101 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1102 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1103 1104 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1105 1106 #ifndef NDEBUG 1107 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1108 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1109 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1110 #endif 1111 1112 CurContext = DC; 1113 S->setEntity(DC); 1114 } 1115 1116 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1117 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1118 1119 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1120 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1121 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1122 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1123 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1124 1125 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1126 // disappear. 1127 } 1128 1129 1130 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1131 // We assume that the caller has already called 1132 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1133 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1134 if (!FD) 1135 return; 1136 1137 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1138 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1139 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1140 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1141 CurContext = FD; 1142 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1143 1144 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1145 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1146 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1147 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1148 S->AddDecl(Param); 1149 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1150 } 1151 } 1152 } 1153 1154 1155 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1156 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1157 // rather than the top-level class. 1158 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1159 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1160 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1161 } 1162 1163 1164 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1165 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1166 /// 1167 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1168 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1169 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1170 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1171 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1172 /// attribute. 1173 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1174 ASTContext &Context) { 1175 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1176 return true; 1177 1178 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1179 return true; 1180 1181 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1182 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1183 } 1184 1185 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1186 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1187 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1188 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1189 // scope. 1190 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1191 S = S->getParent(); 1192 1193 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1194 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1195 // into any context. 1196 if (AddToContext) 1197 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1198 1199 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1200 // are function-local declarations. 1201 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1202 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1203 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1204 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1205 return; 1206 1207 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1208 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1209 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1210 return; 1211 1212 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1213 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1214 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1215 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1216 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1217 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1218 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1219 1220 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1221 break; 1222 } 1223 } 1224 1225 S->AddDecl(D); 1226 1227 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1228 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1229 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1230 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1231 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1232 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1233 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1234 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1235 continue; 1236 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1237 break; 1238 } 1239 1240 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1241 } else { 1242 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1243 } 1244 } 1245 1246 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1247 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1248 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1249 } 1250 1251 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1252 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1253 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1254 } 1255 1256 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1257 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1258 do { 1259 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1260 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1261 return S; 1262 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1263 1264 return nullptr; 1265 } 1266 1267 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1268 DeclContext*, 1269 ASTContext&); 1270 1271 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1272 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1273 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1274 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1275 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1276 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1277 while (F.hasNext()) { 1278 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1279 1280 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1281 continue; 1282 1283 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1284 continue; 1285 1286 F.erase(); 1287 } 1288 1289 F.done(); 1290 } 1291 1292 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1293 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1294 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1295 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1296 } 1297 1298 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1299 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1300 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1301 while (F.hasNext()) 1302 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1303 F.erase(); 1304 1305 F.done(); 1306 } 1307 1308 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1309 /// @code 1310 /// class S { 1311 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1312 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1313 /// }; 1314 /// @endcode 1315 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1316 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1317 // the decl here. 1318 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1319 return false; 1320 1321 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1322 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1323 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1324 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1325 return false; 1326 } 1327 1328 // We need this to handle 1329 // 1330 // typedef struct { 1331 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1332 // } A; 1333 // 1334 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1335 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1336 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1337 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1338 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1339 // not. 1340 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1341 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1342 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1343 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1344 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1345 return true; 1346 } 1347 DC = DC->getParent(); 1348 } 1349 1350 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1351 } 1352 1353 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1354 // these semantics. 1355 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1356 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1357 return false; 1358 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1359 } 1360 1361 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1362 assert(D); 1363 1364 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1365 return false; 1366 1367 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1368 // of members of class templates. 1369 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1370 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1371 return false; 1372 1373 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1374 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1375 return false; 1376 1377 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1378 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1379 return false; 1380 } else { 1381 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1382 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1383 return false; 1384 } 1385 1386 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1387 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1388 return false; 1389 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1390 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1391 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1392 // like "inline".) 1393 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1394 return false; 1395 1396 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1397 return false; 1398 1399 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1400 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1401 return false; 1402 } else { 1403 return false; 1404 } 1405 1406 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1407 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1408 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1409 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1410 } 1411 1412 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1413 if (!D) 1414 return; 1415 1416 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1417 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1418 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1419 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1420 } 1421 1422 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1423 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1424 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1425 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1426 } 1427 1428 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1429 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1430 } 1431 1432 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1433 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1434 return false; 1435 1436 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1437 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1438 return false; 1439 1440 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1441 return true; 1442 1443 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1444 // functions. 1445 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1446 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1447 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1448 WithinFunction = 1449 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1450 if (!WithinFunction) 1451 return false; 1452 1453 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1454 return true; 1455 1456 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1457 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1458 return false; 1459 1460 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1461 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1462 1463 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1464 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1465 1466 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1467 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1468 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1469 return false; 1470 } 1471 1472 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1473 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1474 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1475 return false; 1476 1477 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1478 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1479 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1480 return false; 1481 1482 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1483 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1484 return false; 1485 1486 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1487 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1488 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1489 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1490 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1491 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1492 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1493 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1494 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1495 return false; 1496 } 1497 } 1498 } 1499 } 1500 1501 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1502 } 1503 1504 return true; 1505 } 1506 1507 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1508 FixItHint &Hint) { 1509 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1510 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1511 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1512 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1513 return; 1514 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1515 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1516 } 1517 return; 1518 } 1519 1520 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1521 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1522 return; 1523 1524 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1525 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1526 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1527 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1528 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1529 } 1530 } 1531 1532 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1533 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1534 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1535 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1536 return; 1537 1538 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1539 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1540 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1541 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1542 return; 1543 } 1544 1545 FixItHint Hint; 1546 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1547 1548 unsigned DiagID; 1549 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1550 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1551 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1552 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1553 else 1554 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1555 1556 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1557 } 1558 1559 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1560 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1561 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1562 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1563 // MS inline assembly label name. 1564 bool Diagnose = false; 1565 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1566 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1567 else 1568 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1569 if (Diagnose) 1570 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1571 } 1572 1573 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1574 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1575 1576 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1577 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1578 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1579 1580 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1581 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1582 1583 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1584 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1585 1586 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1587 1588 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1589 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1590 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1591 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1592 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1593 } 1594 1595 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1596 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1597 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1598 1599 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1600 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1601 } 1602 } 1603 1604 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1605 /// 1606 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1607 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1608 /// to the fixed name. 1609 /// 1610 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1611 /// 1612 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1613 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1614 /// 1615 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1616 /// class could not be found. 1617 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1618 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1619 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1620 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1621 // creation from this context. 1622 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1623 1624 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1625 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1626 // find an Objective-C class name. 1627 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1628 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1629 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1630 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1631 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1632 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1633 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1634 } 1635 } 1636 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1637 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1638 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1639 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1640 return Def; 1641 } 1642 1643 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1644 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1645 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1646 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1647 /// ill-formed in C++: 1648 /// @code 1649 /// struct S6 { 1650 /// enum { BAR } e; 1651 /// }; 1652 /// 1653 /// void test_S6() { 1654 /// struct S6 a; 1655 /// a.e = BAR; 1656 /// } 1657 /// @endcode 1658 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1659 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1660 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1661 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1662 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1663 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1664 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1665 /// contain non-field names. 1666 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1667 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1668 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1669 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1670 S = S->getParent(); 1671 return S; 1672 } 1673 1674 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1675 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1676 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1677 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1678 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1679 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1680 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1681 return; 1682 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1683 1684 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1685 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1686 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1687 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1688 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1689 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1690 } 1691 1692 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1693 switch (Error) { 1694 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1695 return ""; 1696 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1697 return "stdio.h"; 1698 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1699 return "setjmp.h"; 1700 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1701 return "ucontext.h"; 1702 } 1703 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1704 } 1705 1706 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1707 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1708 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1709 /// built-in. 1710 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1711 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1712 SourceLocation Loc) { 1713 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1714 1715 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1716 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1717 if (Error) { 1718 if (ForRedeclaration) 1719 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1720 << getHeaderName(Error) 1721 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1722 return nullptr; 1723 } 1724 1725 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1726 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1727 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID) 1728 << R; 1729 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1730 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1731 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1732 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1733 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1734 } 1735 1736 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1737 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1738 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1739 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1740 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1741 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1742 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1743 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1744 } 1745 1746 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1747 Parent, 1748 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1749 SC_Extern, 1750 false, 1751 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1752 New->setImplicit(); 1753 1754 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1755 // FunctionDecl. 1756 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1757 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1758 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1759 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1760 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1761 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1762 SC_None, nullptr); 1763 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1764 Params.push_back(parm); 1765 } 1766 New->setParams(Params); 1767 } 1768 1769 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1770 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1771 1772 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1773 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1774 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1775 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1776 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1777 CurContext = Parent; 1778 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1779 CurContext = SavedContext; 1780 return New; 1781 } 1782 1783 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1784 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1785 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1786 /// entity. 1787 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1788 NamedDecl *decl, 1789 LookupResult &previous){ 1790 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1791 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1792 return; 1793 1794 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1795 if (previous.empty()) 1796 return; 1797 1798 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1799 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1800 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1801 1802 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1803 if (!old->isHidden()) 1804 continue; 1805 1806 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1807 filter.erase(); 1808 } 1809 1810 filter.done(); 1811 } 1812 1813 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1814 /// entity if their types are the same. 1815 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1816 /// isSameEntity. 1817 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context, 1818 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1819 LookupResult &Previous) { 1820 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1821 if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1822 return; 1823 1824 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1825 if (Previous.empty()) 1826 return; 1827 1828 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1829 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1830 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1831 1832 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1833 if (!Old->isHidden()) 1834 continue; 1835 1836 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1837 // different linkages. 1838 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1839 if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1840 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1841 continue; 1842 1843 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1844 Filter.erase(); 1845 } 1846 1847 Filter.done(); 1848 } 1849 1850 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1851 QualType OldType; 1852 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1853 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1854 else 1855 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1856 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1857 1858 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1859 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1860 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1861 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1862 << Kind << NewType; 1863 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1864 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1865 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1866 return true; 1867 } 1868 1869 if (OldType != NewType && 1870 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1871 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1872 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1873 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1874 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1875 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1876 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1877 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1878 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1879 return true; 1880 } 1881 return false; 1882 } 1883 1884 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1885 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1886 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1887 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1888 /// 1889 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1890 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1891 // merging checks. 1892 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1893 1894 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1895 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1896 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1897 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1898 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1899 default: break; 1900 case 2: 1901 { 1902 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1903 break; 1904 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1905 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1906 break; 1907 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1908 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1909 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1910 break; 1911 } 1912 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1913 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1914 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1915 return; 1916 } 1917 case 5: 1918 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1919 break; 1920 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1921 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1922 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1923 return; 1924 case 3: 1925 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1926 break; 1927 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1928 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1929 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1930 return; 1931 } 1932 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1933 } 1934 1935 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1936 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1937 if (!Old) { 1938 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1939 << New->getDeclName(); 1940 1941 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1942 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1943 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1944 1945 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1946 } 1947 1948 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1949 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1950 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1951 1952 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1953 // with any extensions enabled. 1954 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1955 return; 1956 1957 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1958 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1959 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1960 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1961 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1962 } 1963 1964 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1965 return; 1966 1967 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1968 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1969 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1970 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1971 // to the type to which it already refers. 1972 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1973 return; 1974 1975 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1976 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1977 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1978 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1979 // 1980 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1981 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1982 // 1983 // struct S { 1984 // typedef struct A { } A; 1985 // }; 1986 // 1987 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1988 // allow the above but disallow 1989 // 1990 // struct S { 1991 // typedef int I; 1992 // typedef int I; 1993 // }; 1994 // 1995 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1996 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1997 return; 1998 1999 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2000 << New->getDeclName(); 2001 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2002 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2003 } 2004 2005 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2006 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2007 return; 2008 2009 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2010 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2011 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2012 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2013 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2014 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2015 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2016 return; 2017 2018 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2019 << New->getDeclName(); 2020 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2021 return; 2022 } 2023 2024 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2025 /// attribute. 2026 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2027 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2028 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2029 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2030 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2031 if (Ann) { 2032 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2033 return true; 2034 continue; 2035 } 2036 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2037 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2038 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2039 return true; 2040 } 2041 2042 return false; 2043 } 2044 2045 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2046 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2047 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2048 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2049 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2050 return true; 2051 } 2052 2053 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2054 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2055 /// 2056 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2057 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2058 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2059 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2060 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2061 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2062 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2063 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2064 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2065 // in a case like: 2066 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2067 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2068 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2069 // definition in such a case. 2070 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2071 return false; 2072 2073 if (I->isAlignas()) 2074 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2075 2076 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2077 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2078 OldAlign = Align; 2079 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2080 } 2081 } 2082 2083 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2084 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2085 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2086 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2087 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2088 return false; 2089 2090 if (I->isAlignas()) 2091 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2092 2093 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2094 if (Align > NewAlign) 2095 NewAlign = Align; 2096 } 2097 2098 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2099 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2100 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2101 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2102 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2103 2104 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2105 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2106 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2107 QualType Ty; 2108 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2109 Ty = VD->getType(); 2110 else 2111 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2112 2113 if (OldAlign == 0) 2114 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2115 if (NewAlign == 0) 2116 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2117 } 2118 2119 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2120 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2121 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2122 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2123 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2124 } 2125 } 2126 2127 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2128 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2129 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2130 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2131 // equivalent alignment. 2132 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2133 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2134 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2135 // have no alignment specifier. 2136 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2137 << OldAlignasAttr; 2138 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2139 << OldAlignasAttr; 2140 } 2141 2142 bool AnyAdded = false; 2143 2144 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2145 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2146 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2147 Clone->setInherited(true); 2148 New->addAttr(Clone); 2149 AnyAdded = true; 2150 } 2151 2152 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2153 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2154 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2155 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2156 Clone->setInherited(true); 2157 New->addAttr(Clone); 2158 AnyAdded = true; 2159 } 2160 2161 return AnyAdded; 2162 } 2163 2164 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2165 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2166 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2167 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2168 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2169 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2170 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2171 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2172 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2173 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2174 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2175 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2176 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2177 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2178 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2179 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2180 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2181 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2182 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2183 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2184 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2185 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2186 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2187 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2188 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2189 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2190 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2191 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2192 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2193 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2194 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2195 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2196 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2197 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2198 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2199 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2200 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2201 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2202 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2203 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2204 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2205 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2206 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2207 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2208 NewAttr = nullptr; 2209 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2210 NewAttr = nullptr; 2211 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2212 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2213 2214 if (NewAttr) { 2215 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2216 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2217 return true; 2218 } 2219 2220 return false; 2221 } 2222 2223 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2224 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2225 return TD->getDefinition(); 2226 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2227 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2228 if (Def) 2229 return Def; 2230 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2231 } 2232 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2233 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2234 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2235 return Def; 2236 } 2237 return nullptr; 2238 } 2239 2240 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2241 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2242 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2243 return true; 2244 return false; 2245 } 2246 2247 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2248 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2249 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2250 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2251 return; 2252 2253 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2254 if (!Def || Def == New) 2255 return; 2256 2257 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2258 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2259 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2260 2261 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2262 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2263 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2264 else { 2265 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2266 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2267 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2268 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2269 : diag::err_redefinition; 2270 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2271 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2272 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2273 } 2274 ++I; 2275 continue; 2276 } 2277 2278 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2279 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2280 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2281 ++I; 2282 continue; 2283 } 2284 } 2285 2286 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2287 ++I; 2288 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2289 } 2290 2291 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2292 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2293 ++I; 2294 continue; 2295 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2296 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2297 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2298 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2299 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2300 // equivalent alignment. 2301 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2302 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2303 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2304 // have no alignment specifier. 2305 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2306 << AA; 2307 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2308 << AA; 2309 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2310 --E; 2311 continue; 2312 } 2313 } 2314 2315 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2316 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2317 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2318 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2319 --E; 2320 } 2321 } 2322 2323 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2324 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2325 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2326 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2327 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2328 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2329 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2330 } 2331 2332 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2333 return; 2334 2335 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2336 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2337 2338 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2339 return; 2340 2341 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2342 2343 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2344 // we process them. 2345 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2346 2347 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2348 bool Override = false; 2349 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2350 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2351 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2352 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2353 switch (AMK) { 2354 case AMK_None: 2355 continue; 2356 2357 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2358 break; 2359 2360 case AMK_Override: 2361 Override = true; 2362 break; 2363 } 2364 } 2365 2366 // Already handled. 2367 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2368 continue; 2369 2370 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2371 foundAny = true; 2372 } 2373 2374 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2375 foundAny = true; 2376 2377 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2378 } 2379 2380 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2381 /// to the new one. 2382 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2383 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2384 Sema &S) { 2385 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2386 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2387 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2388 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2389 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2390 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2391 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2392 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2393 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2394 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2395 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2396 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2397 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2398 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2399 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2400 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2401 } 2402 2403 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2404 return; 2405 2406 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2407 2408 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2409 // done before we process them. 2410 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2411 2412 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2413 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2414 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2415 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2416 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2417 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2418 foundAny = true; 2419 } 2420 } 2421 2422 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2423 } 2424 2425 namespace { 2426 2427 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2428 /// C. 2429 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2430 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2431 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2432 QualType PromotedType; 2433 }; 2434 2435 } 2436 2437 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2438 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2439 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2440 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2441 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2442 2443 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2444 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2445 2446 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2447 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2448 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2449 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2450 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2451 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2452 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2453 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2454 } 2455 2456 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2457 } 2458 2459 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2460 // declaration, or a declaration. 2461 template <typename T> 2462 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2463 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2464 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2465 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2466 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2467 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2468 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2469 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2470 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2471 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2472 } else 2473 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2474 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2475 } 2476 2477 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2478 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2479 /// GNU89 mode. 2480 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2481 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2482 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2483 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2484 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2485 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2486 } 2487 2488 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2489 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2490 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2491 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2492 return AT; 2493 } 2494 2495 template <typename T> 2496 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2497 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2498 if (DC->isRecord()) 2499 return false; 2500 2501 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2502 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2503 return true; 2504 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2505 return true; 2506 return false; 2507 } 2508 2509 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2510 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2511 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2512 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2513 /// 2514 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2515 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2516 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2517 /// merged with. 2518 /// 2519 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2520 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2521 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2522 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2523 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2524 if (!Old) { 2525 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2526 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2527 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2528 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2529 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2530 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2531 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2532 return true; 2533 } 2534 2535 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2536 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2537 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2538 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2539 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2540 2541 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2542 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2543 if (Old && 2544 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2545 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2546 !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())) 2547 Old = nullptr; 2548 2549 if (!Old) { 2550 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2551 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2552 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2553 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2554 return true; 2555 } 2556 OldD = Old; 2557 } else { 2558 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2559 << New->getDeclName(); 2560 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2561 return true; 2562 } 2563 } 2564 2565 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2566 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2567 return true; 2568 2569 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2570 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2571 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2572 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2573 2574 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2575 // is an extern inline function. 2576 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2577 // storage classes. 2578 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2579 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2580 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2581 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2582 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2583 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2584 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2585 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2586 } else { 2587 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2588 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2589 return true; 2590 } 2591 } 2592 2593 2594 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2595 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2596 // convention of the first. 2597 // 2598 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2599 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2600 // 2601 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2602 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2603 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2604 // 2605 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2606 // other tests to run. 2607 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2608 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2609 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2610 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2611 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2612 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2613 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2614 2615 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2616 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2617 const FunctionType *FT = 2618 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2619 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2620 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2621 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2622 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2623 // there but not here. 2624 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2625 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2626 } else { 2627 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2628 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2629 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2630 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2631 << !FirstCCExplicit 2632 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2633 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2634 2635 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2636 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2637 return true; 2638 } 2639 } 2640 2641 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2642 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2643 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2644 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2645 } 2646 2647 // Merge regparm attribute. 2648 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2649 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2650 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2651 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2652 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2653 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2654 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2655 return true; 2656 } 2657 2658 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2659 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2660 } 2661 2662 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2663 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2664 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2665 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2666 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2667 return true; 2668 } 2669 2670 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2671 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2672 } 2673 2674 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2675 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2676 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2677 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2678 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2679 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2680 } 2681 2682 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2683 // UndefinedButUsed. 2684 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2685 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2686 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2687 Old->isUsed(false) && 2688 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2689 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2690 SourceLocation())); 2691 2692 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2693 // about it. 2694 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2695 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2696 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2697 } 2698 2699 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2700 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2701 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2702 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2703 // cannot be overloaded. 2704 2705 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2706 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2707 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2708 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2709 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2710 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2711 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2712 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2713 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2714 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2715 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2716 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2717 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2718 QualType ResQT; 2719 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2720 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2721 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2722 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2723 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2724 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2725 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2726 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2727 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2728 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2729 else 2730 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2731 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2732 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2733 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2734 return true; 2735 } 2736 else 2737 NewQType = ResQT; 2738 } 2739 2740 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2741 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2742 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2743 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2744 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2745 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2746 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2747 New->setType( 2748 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2749 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2750 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2751 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2752 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2753 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2754 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2755 } 2756 } 2757 2758 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2759 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2760 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2761 // Preserve triviality. 2762 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2763 2764 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2765 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2766 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2767 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2768 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2769 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2770 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2771 2772 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2773 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2774 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2775 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2776 // is a static member function declaration. 2777 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2778 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2779 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2780 return true; 2781 } 2782 2783 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2784 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2785 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2786 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2787 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2788 unsigned NewDiag; 2789 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2790 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2791 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2792 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2793 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2794 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2795 else 2796 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2797 2798 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2799 } else { 2800 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2801 << New << New->getType(); 2802 } 2803 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2804 return true; 2805 2806 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2807 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2808 // 2809 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2810 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2811 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2812 if (isFriend) { 2813 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2814 } else { 2815 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2816 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2817 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2818 return true; 2819 } 2820 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2821 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2822 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2823 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2824 return true; 2825 } 2826 } 2827 2828 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2829 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2830 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2831 // attribute. 2832 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2833 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2834 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2835 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2836 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2837 } 2838 2839 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2840 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2841 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2842 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2843 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2844 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2845 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2846 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2847 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2848 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2849 } 2850 2851 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2852 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2853 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2854 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2855 2856 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2857 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2858 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2859 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2860 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2861 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2862 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2863 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2864 } 2865 2866 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2867 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2868 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2869 // 2870 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2871 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2872 // linkage within class scope. 2873 // 2874 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2875 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2876 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2877 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2878 } else { 2879 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2880 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2881 return true; 2882 } 2883 } 2884 2885 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2886 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2887 2888 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2889 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2890 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2891 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2892 // when we instantiate the function. 2893 return false; 2894 } 2895 2896 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2897 } 2898 2899 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2900 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2901 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2902 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2903 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2904 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2905 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2906 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2907 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2908 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2909 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2910 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2911 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2912 NewQType = 2913 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2914 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2915 New->setType(NewQType); 2916 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2917 2918 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2919 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2920 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2921 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2922 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2923 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2924 SC_None, nullptr); 2925 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2926 Param->setImplicit(); 2927 Params.push_back(Param); 2928 } 2929 2930 New->setParams(Params); 2931 } 2932 2933 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2934 } 2935 2936 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2937 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2938 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2939 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2940 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2941 // the prototype. 2942 // 2943 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2944 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2945 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2946 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2947 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2948 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2949 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2950 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2951 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2952 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2953 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2954 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2955 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2956 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2957 2958 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2959 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 2960 NewProto->getReturnType()); 2961 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2962 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2963 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2964 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2965 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2966 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2967 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 2968 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2969 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2970 NewParm->getType(), 2971 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2972 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 2973 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 2974 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2975 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2976 } else 2977 LooseCompatible = false; 2978 } 2979 2980 if (LooseCompatible) { 2981 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2982 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2983 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2984 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2985 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2986 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2987 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2988 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2989 } 2990 2991 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2992 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2993 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2994 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2995 } 2996 2997 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2998 } 2999 3000 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3001 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3002 3003 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3004 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3005 unsigned BuiltinID; 3006 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3007 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3008 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3009 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3010 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3011 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3012 << Old << Old->getType(); 3013 3014 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3015 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3016 // 3017 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3018 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3019 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3020 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3021 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3022 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3023 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 3024 3025 return false; 3026 } 3027 3028 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3029 } 3030 3031 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3032 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3033 return true; 3034 } 3035 3036 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3037 /// known to be compatible. 3038 /// 3039 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3040 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3041 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3042 /// redeclaration of Old. 3043 /// 3044 /// \returns false 3045 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3046 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3047 // Merge the attributes 3048 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3049 3050 // Merge "pure" flag. 3051 if (Old->isPure()) 3052 New->setPure(); 3053 3054 // Merge "used" flag. 3055 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3056 New->setIsUsed(); 3057 3058 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3059 // declarations. 3060 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3061 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 3062 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 3063 *this); 3064 3065 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3066 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3067 3068 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3069 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3070 // was visible. 3071 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3072 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3073 New->setType(Merged); 3074 3075 return false; 3076 } 3077 3078 3079 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3080 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3081 3082 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3083 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3084 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3085 : AMK_Override; 3086 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3087 3088 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3089 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3090 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3091 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3092 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3093 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3094 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3095 3096 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3097 } 3098 3099 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3100 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3101 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3102 /// 3103 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3104 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3105 /// is attached. 3106 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3107 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3108 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3109 return; 3110 3111 QualType MergedT; 3112 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3113 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3114 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3115 return; 3116 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3117 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3118 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3119 } 3120 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3121 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3122 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3123 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3124 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3125 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3126 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3127 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3128 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3129 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3130 NewArray->getElementType())) 3131 MergedT = New->getType(); 3132 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3133 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3134 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3135 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3136 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3137 NewArray->getElementType())) 3138 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3139 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3140 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3141 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3142 Old->getType()); 3143 } 3144 } else { 3145 // C 6.2.7p2: 3146 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3147 // compatible type. 3148 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3149 } 3150 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3151 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3152 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3153 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3154 // equivalent. 3155 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3156 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3157 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3158 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3159 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3160 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3161 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3162 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3163 return; 3164 } 3165 3166 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3167 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3168 // 3169 // extern int arr[]; 3170 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3171 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3172 // 3173 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3174 // to diagnose it. 3175 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 3176 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3177 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3178 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3179 } 3180 3181 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3182 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3183 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3184 New->setType(MergedT); 3185 } 3186 3187 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3188 LookupResult &Previous) { 3189 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3190 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3191 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3192 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3193 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3194 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3195 // 3196 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3197 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3198 return false; 3199 3200 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3201 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3202 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3203 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3204 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3205 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3206 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3207 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3208 } else { 3209 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3210 // type unless we're in the same function. 3211 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3212 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3213 } 3214 } 3215 3216 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3217 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3218 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3219 /// 3220 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3221 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3222 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3223 /// 3224 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3225 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3226 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3227 return; 3228 3229 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3230 3231 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3232 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3233 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3234 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3235 if (NewTemplate) { 3236 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3237 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3238 } else 3239 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3240 } 3241 if (!Old) { 3242 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3243 << New->getDeclName(); 3244 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3245 diag::note_previous_definition); 3246 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3247 } 3248 3249 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3250 return; 3251 3252 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3253 if (NewTemplate && 3254 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3255 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3256 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3257 return; 3258 3259 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3260 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3261 // 3262 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3263 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3264 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3265 << New->getIdentifier(); 3266 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3267 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3268 } 3269 3270 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3271 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3272 // declaration 3273 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3274 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3275 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3276 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3277 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3278 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3279 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3280 } 3281 3282 // Merge the types. 3283 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3284 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3285 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3286 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3287 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3288 return; 3289 } 3290 3291 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3292 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3293 return; 3294 3295 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3296 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3297 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3298 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3299 3300 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3301 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3302 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3303 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3304 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3305 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3306 << New->getDeclName(); 3307 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3308 } else { 3309 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3310 << New->getDeclName(); 3311 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3312 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3313 } 3314 } 3315 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3316 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3317 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3318 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3319 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3320 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3321 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3322 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3323 // identifier has external linkage. 3324 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3325 /* Okay */; 3326 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3327 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3328 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3329 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3330 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3331 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3332 } 3333 3334 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3335 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3336 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3337 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3338 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3339 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3340 } 3341 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3342 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3343 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3344 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3345 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3346 } 3347 3348 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3349 3350 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3351 // need to check for mismatches. 3352 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3353 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3354 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3355 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3356 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3357 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3358 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3359 } 3360 3361 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3362 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3363 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3364 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3365 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3366 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3367 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3368 } else { 3369 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3370 // static and dynamic initialization. 3371 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3372 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3373 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3374 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3375 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3376 } 3377 } 3378 3379 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3380 const VarDecl *Def; 3381 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3382 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3383 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3384 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3385 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3386 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3387 return; 3388 } 3389 3390 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3391 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3392 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3393 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3394 return; 3395 } 3396 3397 // Merge "used" flag. 3398 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3399 New->setIsUsed(); 3400 3401 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3402 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3403 if (NewTemplate) 3404 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3405 3406 // Inherit access appropriately. 3407 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3408 if (NewTemplate) 3409 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3410 } 3411 3412 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3413 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3414 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3415 DeclSpec &DS) { 3416 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3417 } 3418 3419 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3420 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3421 return; 3422 3423 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3424 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3425 // it is anonymous. 3426 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3427 return; 3428 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3429 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3430 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3431 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3432 return; 3433 } 3434 3435 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3436 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3437 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3438 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3439 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3440 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3441 Tag, 3442 MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3443 } 3444 } 3445 3446 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3447 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3448 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3449 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3450 DeclSpec &DS, 3451 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3452 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3453 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3454 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3455 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3456 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3457 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3458 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3459 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3460 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3461 3462 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3463 return nullptr; 3464 3465 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3466 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3467 // it's a Type. 3468 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3469 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3470 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3471 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3472 } 3473 3474 if (Tag) { 3475 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 3476 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3477 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3478 return Tag; 3479 } 3480 3481 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3482 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3483 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3484 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3485 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3486 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3487 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3488 } 3489 3490 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3491 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3492 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3493 if (Tag) 3494 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3495 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3496 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3497 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3498 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3499 else 3500 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3501 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3502 return TagD; 3503 } 3504 3505 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3506 3507 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3508 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3509 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3510 if (TagD && !Tag) 3511 return nullptr; 3512 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3513 } 3514 3515 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3516 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3517 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3518 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3519 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3520 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3521 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3522 // or an explicit specialization. 3523 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3524 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3525 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3526 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3527 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3528 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3529 << SS.getRange(); 3530 return nullptr; 3531 } 3532 3533 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3534 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3535 3536 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3537 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3538 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3539 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3540 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3541 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3542 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3543 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3544 3545 DeclaresAnything = false; 3546 } 3547 } 3548 3549 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3550 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3551 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3552 // 3553 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3554 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3555 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3556 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3557 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3558 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3559 // struct STRUCT; 3560 // union UNION; 3561 // and 3562 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3563 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3564 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3565 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3566 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3567 if (Tag) 3568 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3569 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3570 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3571 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3572 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3573 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3574 3575 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3576 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3577 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3578 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3579 } 3580 3581 DeclaresAnything = false; 3582 } 3583 } 3584 3585 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3586 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3587 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3588 return TagD; 3589 3590 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3591 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3592 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3593 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3594 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3595 DeclaresAnything = false; 3596 3597 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3598 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3599 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3600 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3601 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3602 else 3603 DeclaresAnything = false; 3604 } 3605 3606 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3607 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3608 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3609 << Tag->getTagKind() 3610 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3611 3612 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3613 3614 // C 6.7/2: 3615 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3616 // or the members of an enumeration. 3617 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3618 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3619 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3620 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3621 // previous declaration. 3622 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3623 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3624 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3625 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3626 return TagD; 3627 } 3628 3629 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3630 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3631 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3632 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3633 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3634 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3635 // 3636 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3637 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3638 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3639 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3640 3641 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3642 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3643 // useless. 3644 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3645 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3646 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3647 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3648 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3649 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3650 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3651 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3652 } 3653 3654 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3655 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3656 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3657 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3658 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3659 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3660 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3661 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3662 // Restrict is covered above. 3663 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3664 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3665 } 3666 3667 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3668 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3669 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3670 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3671 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3672 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3673 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3674 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3675 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3676 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3677 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3678 while (attrs) { 3679 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3680 << attrs->getName() 3681 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3682 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3683 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3684 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3685 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3686 } 3687 } 3688 } 3689 3690 return TagD; 3691 } 3692 3693 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3694 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3695 /// 3696 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3697 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3698 Scope *S, 3699 DeclContext *Owner, 3700 DeclarationName Name, 3701 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3702 unsigned diagnostic) { 3703 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3704 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3705 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3706 3707 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3708 return false; 3709 3710 // Pick a representative declaration. 3711 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3712 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3713 3714 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3715 return false; 3716 3717 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3718 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3719 3720 return true; 3721 } 3722 3723 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3724 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3725 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3726 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3727 /// struct, e.g., 3728 /// 3729 /// @code 3730 /// union { 3731 /// int i; 3732 /// float f; 3733 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3734 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3735 /// @endcode 3736 /// 3737 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3738 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3739 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3740 DeclContext *Owner, 3741 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3742 AccessSpecifier AS, 3743 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3744 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3745 unsigned diagKind 3746 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3747 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3748 3749 bool Invalid = false; 3750 3751 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3752 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3753 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3754 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3755 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3756 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3757 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3758 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3759 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3760 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3761 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3762 Invalid = true; 3763 } else { 3764 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3765 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3766 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3767 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3768 // anonymous union is declared. 3769 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3770 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3771 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 3772 else 3773 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3774 3775 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3776 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3777 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3778 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3779 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3780 3781 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3782 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3783 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3784 3785 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3786 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3787 3788 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3789 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3790 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3791 3792 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3793 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3794 3795 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3796 } 3797 } 3798 } 3799 3800 return Invalid; 3801 } 3802 3803 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3804 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3805 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3806 static StorageClass 3807 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3808 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3809 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3810 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3811 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3812 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3813 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3814 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3815 return SC_None; 3816 return SC_Extern; 3817 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3818 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3819 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3820 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3821 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3822 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3823 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3824 } 3825 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3826 } 3827 3828 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3829 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3830 3831 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3832 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3833 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3834 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3835 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3836 return FD->getLocation(); 3837 } 3838 3839 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3840 } 3841 3842 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3843 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3844 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3845 return; 3846 3847 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 3848 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 3849 } 3850 3851 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3852 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 3853 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3854 return; 3855 3856 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 3857 } 3858 3859 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3860 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3861 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3862 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3863 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3864 AccessSpecifier AS, 3865 RecordDecl *Record, 3866 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 3867 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3868 3869 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3870 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3871 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3872 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3873 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3874 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3875 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3876 3877 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3878 // structs/unions. 3879 bool Invalid = false; 3880 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3881 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 3882 unsigned DiagID; 3883 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3884 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3885 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3886 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3887 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3888 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3889 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3890 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3891 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3892 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3893 3894 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3895 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3896 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 3897 } 3898 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3899 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3900 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3901 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3902 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3903 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3904 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3905 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3906 3907 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3908 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3909 SourceLocation(), 3910 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3911 } 3912 } 3913 3914 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3915 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3916 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3917 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3918 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3919 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3920 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3921 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3922 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3923 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3924 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3925 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3926 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3927 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3928 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3929 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3930 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3931 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3932 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3933 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3934 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3935 3936 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3937 } 3938 3939 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3940 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3941 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3942 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3943 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 3944 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 3945 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3946 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3947 // members (clause 11). 3948 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3949 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3950 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3951 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3952 Invalid = true; 3953 } 3954 3955 // C++ [class.union]p1 3956 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3957 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3958 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3959 // array of such objects. 3960 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3961 Invalid = true; 3962 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 3963 // Any implicit members are fine. 3964 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3965 // This is a type that showed up in an 3966 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3967 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3968 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3969 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 3970 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3971 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3972 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3973 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3974 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3975 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3976 else { 3977 // This is a nested type declaration. 3978 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3979 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3980 Invalid = true; 3981 } 3982 } else { 3983 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3984 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3985 // not part of standard C++. 3986 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3987 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3988 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3989 } 3990 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 3991 // Any access specifier is fine. 3992 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 3993 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 3994 } else { 3995 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3996 // member. Complain about it. 3997 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3998 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 3999 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4000 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4001 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4002 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4003 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4004 4005 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4006 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4007 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4008 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4009 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4010 else { 4011 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 4012 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4013 Invalid = true; 4014 } 4015 } 4016 } 4017 4018 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4019 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4020 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4021 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4022 Owner->isRecord()) 4023 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4024 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4025 } 4026 4027 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4028 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4029 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4030 Invalid = true; 4031 } 4032 4033 // Mock up a declarator. 4034 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4035 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4036 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4037 4038 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4039 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4040 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4041 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4042 DS.getLocStart(), 4043 Record->getLocation(), 4044 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4045 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4046 TInfo, 4047 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4048 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4049 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4050 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4051 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4052 } else { 4053 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4054 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4055 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4056 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4057 // an error here 4058 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4059 Invalid = true; 4060 SC = SC_None; 4061 } 4062 4063 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4064 DS.getLocStart(), 4065 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4066 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4067 TInfo, SC); 4068 4069 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4070 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4071 // initializer: 4072 // union { int n = 0; }; 4073 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4074 } 4075 Anon->setImplicit(); 4076 4077 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4078 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4079 4080 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4081 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4082 // its members. 4083 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4084 4085 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4086 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4087 // purposes. 4088 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4089 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4090 4091 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4092 Chain, false)) 4093 Invalid = true; 4094 4095 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4096 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4097 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4098 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 4099 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 4100 ManglingContextDecl)) { 4101 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 4102 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4103 } 4104 } 4105 } 4106 4107 if (Invalid) 4108 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4109 4110 return Anon; 4111 } 4112 4113 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4114 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4115 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4116 /// Example: 4117 /// 4118 /// struct A { int a; }; 4119 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4120 /// 4121 /// void foo() { 4122 /// B var; 4123 /// var.a = 3; 4124 /// } 4125 /// 4126 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4127 RecordDecl *Record) { 4128 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4129 4130 // Mock up a declarator. 4131 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4132 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4133 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4134 4135 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4136 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4137 4138 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4139 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4140 ParentDecl, 4141 DS.getLocStart(), 4142 DS.getLocStart(), 4143 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4144 RecTy, 4145 TInfo, 4146 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4147 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4148 Anon->setImplicit(); 4149 4150 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4151 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4152 4153 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4154 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4155 // purposes. 4156 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4157 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4158 4159 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4160 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4161 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4162 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4163 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4164 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4165 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4166 } 4167 4168 return Anon; 4169 } 4170 4171 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4172 /// given Declarator. 4173 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4174 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4175 } 4176 4177 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4178 DeclarationNameInfo 4179 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4180 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4181 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4182 4183 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4184 4185 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4186 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4187 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4188 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4189 return NameInfo; 4190 4191 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4192 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4193 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4194 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4195 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4196 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4197 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4198 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4199 return NameInfo; 4200 4201 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4202 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4203 Name.Identifier)); 4204 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4205 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4206 return NameInfo; 4207 4208 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4209 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4210 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4211 if (Ty.isNull()) 4212 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4213 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4214 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4215 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4216 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4217 return NameInfo; 4218 } 4219 4220 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4221 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4222 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4223 if (Ty.isNull()) 4224 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4225 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4226 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4227 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4228 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4229 return NameInfo; 4230 } 4231 4232 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4233 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4234 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4235 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4236 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4237 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4238 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4239 4240 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4241 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4242 4243 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4244 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4245 // was qualified. 4246 4247 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4248 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4249 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4250 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4251 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4252 return NameInfo; 4253 } 4254 4255 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4256 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4257 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4258 if (Ty.isNull()) 4259 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4260 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4261 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4262 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4263 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4264 return NameInfo; 4265 } 4266 4267 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4268 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4269 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4270 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4271 } 4272 4273 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4274 4275 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4276 } 4277 4278 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4279 do { 4280 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4281 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4282 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4283 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4284 else 4285 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4286 } while (true); 4287 } 4288 4289 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4290 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4291 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4292 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4293 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4294 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4295 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4296 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4297 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4298 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4299 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4300 Params.clear(); 4301 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4302 return false; 4303 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4304 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4305 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4306 4307 // The parameter types are identical 4308 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4309 continue; 4310 4311 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4312 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4313 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4314 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4315 4316 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4317 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4318 Params.push_back(Idx); 4319 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4320 return false; 4321 } 4322 4323 return true; 4324 } 4325 4326 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4327 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4328 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4329 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4330 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4331 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4332 DeclarationName Name) { 4333 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4334 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4335 // - types which will become injected class names 4336 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4337 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4338 // few cases here. 4339 4340 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4341 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4342 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4343 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4344 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4345 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4346 // Grab the type from the parser. 4347 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4348 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4349 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4350 4351 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4352 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4353 // attached already. 4354 if (!TSI) 4355 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4356 4357 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4358 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4359 if (!TSI) return true; 4360 4361 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4362 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4363 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4364 break; 4365 } 4366 4367 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4368 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4369 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4370 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4371 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4372 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4373 break; 4374 } 4375 4376 default: 4377 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4378 break; 4379 } 4380 4381 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4382 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4383 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4384 4385 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4386 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4387 // pointer. 4388 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4389 continue; 4390 4391 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4392 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4393 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4394 return true; 4395 } 4396 4397 return false; 4398 } 4399 4400 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4401 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4402 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4403 4404 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4405 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4406 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4407 4408 return Dcl; 4409 } 4410 4411 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4412 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4413 /// name different from T: 4414 /// - every static data member of class T; 4415 /// - every member function of class T 4416 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4417 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4418 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4419 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4420 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4421 4422 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4423 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4424 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4425 return true; 4426 } 4427 4428 return false; 4429 } 4430 4431 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4432 /// nested-name-specifier. 4433 /// 4434 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4435 /// 4436 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4437 /// resolves. 4438 /// 4439 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4440 /// 4441 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4442 /// 4443 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4444 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4445 DeclarationName Name, 4446 SourceLocation Loc) { 4447 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4448 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4449 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4450 4451 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4452 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4453 // 4454 // class X { 4455 // void X::f(); 4456 // }; 4457 // 4458 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4459 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4460 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4461 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4462 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4463 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4464 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4465 SS.clear(); 4466 } else { 4467 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4468 } 4469 return false; 4470 } 4471 4472 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4473 // declaration. 4474 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4475 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4476 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4477 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4478 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4479 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4480 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4481 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4482 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4483 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4484 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4485 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4486 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4487 else 4488 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4489 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4490 4491 return true; 4492 } 4493 4494 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4495 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4496 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4497 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4498 SS.clear(); 4499 4500 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4501 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4502 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4503 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4504 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4505 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4506 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4507 return true; 4508 4509 return false; 4510 } 4511 4512 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4513 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4514 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4515 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4516 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4517 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4518 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4519 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4520 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4521 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4522 4523 return false; 4524 } 4525 4526 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4527 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4528 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4529 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4530 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4531 4532 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4533 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4534 if (!Name) { 4535 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4536 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4537 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4538 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4539 return nullptr; 4540 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4541 return nullptr; 4542 4543 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4544 // we find one that is. 4545 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4546 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4547 S = S->getParent(); 4548 4549 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4550 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4551 D.setInvalidType(); 4552 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4553 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4554 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4555 return nullptr; 4556 4557 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4558 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4559 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4560 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4561 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4562 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4563 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4564 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4565 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4566 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4567 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4568 return nullptr; 4569 } 4570 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4571 4572 if (!IsDependentContext && 4573 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4574 return nullptr; 4575 4576 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4577 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4578 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4579 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4580 D.setInvalidType(); 4581 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4582 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4583 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4584 if (DC->isRecord()) 4585 return nullptr; 4586 4587 D.setInvalidType(); 4588 } 4589 } 4590 4591 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4592 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4593 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4594 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4595 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4596 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4597 D.setInvalidType(); 4598 } 4599 } 4600 4601 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4602 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4603 // Just return early; it's safer. 4604 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4605 return nullptr; 4606 4607 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4608 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4609 4610 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4611 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4612 D.setInvalidType(); 4613 4614 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4615 ForRedeclaration); 4616 4617 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4618 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4619 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4620 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4621 4622 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4623 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4624 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4625 // 4626 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4627 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4628 // the same name. 4629 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4630 /* Do nothing*/; 4631 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4632 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4633 R->isFunctionType())) { 4634 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4635 CreateBuiltins = 4636 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4637 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4638 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4639 CreateBuiltins = true; 4640 4641 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4642 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4643 4644 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4645 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4646 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4647 4648 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4649 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4650 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4651 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4652 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4653 // thereof; [...] 4654 // 4655 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4656 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4657 // we want to match. For example, given: 4658 // 4659 // class X { 4660 // void f(); 4661 // void f(float); 4662 // }; 4663 // 4664 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4665 // 4666 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4667 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4668 // matches. 4669 4670 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4671 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4672 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4673 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4674 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4675 } 4676 4677 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4678 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4679 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4680 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4681 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4682 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4683 4684 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4685 Previous.clear(); 4686 } 4687 4688 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4689 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4690 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4691 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4692 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4693 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4694 Previous.clear(); 4695 4696 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4697 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4698 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4699 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4700 4701 NamedDecl *New; 4702 4703 bool AddToScope = true; 4704 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4705 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4706 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4707 return nullptr; 4708 } 4709 4710 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4711 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4712 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4713 TemplateParamLists, 4714 AddToScope); 4715 } else { 4716 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4717 AddToScope); 4718 } 4719 4720 if (!New) 4721 return nullptr; 4722 4723 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4724 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4725 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4726 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4727 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4728 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4729 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4730 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4731 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4732 if (!AddToContext) 4733 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4734 } 4735 4736 return New; 4737 } 4738 4739 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4740 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4741 /// GCC compatibility). 4742 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4743 ASTContext &Context, 4744 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4745 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4746 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4747 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4748 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4749 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4750 SizeIsNegative = false; 4751 Oversized = 0; 4752 4753 if (T->isDependentType()) 4754 return QualType(); 4755 4756 QualifierCollector Qs; 4757 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4758 4759 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4760 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4761 QualType FixedType = 4762 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4763 Oversized); 4764 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4765 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4766 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4767 } 4768 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4769 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4770 QualType FixedType = 4771 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4772 Oversized); 4773 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4774 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4775 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4776 } 4777 4778 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4779 if (!VLATy) 4780 return QualType(); 4781 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4782 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4783 return QualType(); 4784 4785 llvm::APSInt Res; 4786 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4787 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4788 return QualType(); 4789 4790 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4791 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4792 SizeIsNegative = true; 4793 return QualType(); 4794 } 4795 4796 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4797 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4798 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4799 Res); 4800 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4801 Oversized = Res; 4802 return QualType(); 4803 } 4804 4805 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4806 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4807 } 4808 4809 static void 4810 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4811 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4812 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4813 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4814 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4815 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4816 return; 4817 } 4818 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4819 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4820 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4821 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4822 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4823 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4824 return; 4825 } 4826 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4827 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4828 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4829 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4830 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4831 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4832 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4833 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4834 } 4835 4836 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4837 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4838 /// GCC compatibility). 4839 static TypeSourceInfo* 4840 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4841 ASTContext &Context, 4842 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4843 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4844 QualType FixedTy 4845 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4846 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4847 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4848 return nullptr; 4849 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4850 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4851 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4852 return FixedTInfo; 4853 } 4854 4855 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4856 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4857 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4858 /// function-scope declarations. 4859 void 4860 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4861 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4862 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4863 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4864 return; 4865 4866 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4867 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4868 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4869 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4870 } 4871 4872 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4873 if (ExternalSource) { 4874 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4875 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4876 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4877 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4878 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4879 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4880 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4881 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4882 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4883 } 4884 } 4885 4886 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4887 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr; 4888 } 4889 4890 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4891 /// does not identify a function. 4892 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4893 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4894 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4895 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4896 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4897 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4898 4899 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4900 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4901 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4902 4903 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4904 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4905 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4906 4907 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4908 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4909 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4910 } 4911 4912 NamedDecl* 4913 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4914 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4915 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4916 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4917 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4918 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4919 D.setInvalidType(); 4920 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4921 DC = CurContext; 4922 Previous.clear(); 4923 } 4924 4925 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4926 4927 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4928 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4929 << 1; 4930 4931 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4932 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4933 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4934 return nullptr; 4935 } 4936 4937 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4938 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 4939 4940 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4941 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4942 4943 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4944 4945 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4946 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4947 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4948 return ND; 4949 } 4950 4951 void 4952 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4953 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4954 // then it shall have block scope. 4955 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4956 // that redeclarations will match. 4957 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4958 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4959 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4960 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4961 4962 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 4963 bool SizeIsNegative; 4964 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4965 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4966 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4967 SizeIsNegative, 4968 Oversized); 4969 if (FixedTInfo) { 4970 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4971 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4972 } else { 4973 if (SizeIsNegative) 4974 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4975 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4976 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4977 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4978 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4979 << Oversized.toString(10); 4980 else 4981 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4982 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4983 } 4984 } 4985 } 4986 } 4987 4988 4989 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4990 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4991 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4992 NamedDecl* 4993 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4994 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4995 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4996 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4997 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 4998 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 4999 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 5000 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5001 Redeclaration = true; 5002 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 5003 } 5004 5005 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5006 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5007 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5008 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5009 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5010 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5011 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5012 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5013 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5014 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5015 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5016 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5017 } 5018 5019 return NewTD; 5020 } 5021 5022 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5023 /// previous declaration. 5024 /// 5025 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5026 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5027 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5028 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5029 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5030 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5031 /// 5032 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5033 /// lookup 5034 /// 5035 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5036 /// declared. 5037 /// 5038 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5039 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5040 static bool 5041 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5042 ASTContext &Context) { 5043 if (!PrevDecl) 5044 return false; 5045 5046 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5047 return false; 5048 5049 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5050 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5051 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5052 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5053 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5054 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5055 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5056 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5057 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5058 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5059 return false; 5060 5061 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5062 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5063 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5064 return false; 5065 5066 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5067 // previous declarations. 5068 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5069 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5070 5071 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5072 // isn't the same function. 5073 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5074 return false; 5075 } 5076 5077 return true; 5078 } 5079 5080 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5081 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5082 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5083 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5084 } 5085 5086 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5087 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5088 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5089 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5090 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5091 unsigned kind = -1U; 5092 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5093 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5094 kind = 0; // __block 5095 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5096 kind = 1; // global 5097 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5098 kind = 3; // ivar 5099 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5100 kind = 2; // field 5101 } 5102 5103 if (kind != -1U) { 5104 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5105 << kind; 5106 } 5107 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5108 // Try to infer lifetime. 5109 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5110 return false; 5111 5112 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5113 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5114 decl->setType(type); 5115 } 5116 5117 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5118 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5119 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5120 var->getTLSKind()) { 5121 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5122 << var->getType(); 5123 return true; 5124 } 5125 } 5126 5127 return false; 5128 } 5129 5130 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5131 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5132 // the wrong linkage. 5133 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5134 5135 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5136 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5137 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5138 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5139 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5140 } 5141 } 5142 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5143 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5144 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5145 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5146 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5147 } 5148 } 5149 5150 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5151 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5152 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5153 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5154 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5155 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5156 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5157 } 5158 } 5159 } 5160 5161 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 5162 // It does not apply to functions. 5163 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5164 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5165 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5166 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5167 } 5168 } 5169 5170 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5171 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5172 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5173 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5174 << &ND << Attr; 5175 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5176 } 5177 } 5178 } 5179 5180 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5181 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5182 bool IsSpecialization) { 5183 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5184 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5185 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5186 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5187 5188 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5189 return; 5190 5191 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5192 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5193 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5194 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5195 5196 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5197 // inherited attribute instances. 5198 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5199 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5200 5201 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5202 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5203 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5204 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5205 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5206 5207 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5208 // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for 5209 // free functions and global variables. 5210 bool JustWarn = false; 5211 if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && !OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5212 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5213 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5214 JustWarn = true; 5215 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5216 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5217 JustWarn = true; 5218 } 5219 5220 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5221 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5222 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5223 << NewDecl 5224 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5225 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5226 if (!JustWarn) { 5227 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5228 return; 5229 } 5230 } 5231 5232 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5233 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5234 // and qualified friend declarations. 5235 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5236 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5237 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5238 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5239 // separately. 5240 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5241 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5242 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5243 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5244 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5245 } 5246 5247 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5248 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5249 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5250 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5251 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5252 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5253 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5254 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5255 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5256 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5257 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5258 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5259 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5260 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5261 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5262 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5263 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5264 } 5265 } 5266 5267 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5268 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5269 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5270 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5271 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5272 5273 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5274 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5275 5276 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5277 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5278 return false; 5279 5280 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5281 5282 #ifndef NDEBUG 5283 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5284 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5285 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5286 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5287 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5288 #endif 5289 5290 bool isC99Inline = 5291 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5292 5293 #ifndef NDEBUG 5294 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5295 #endif 5296 5297 return isC99Inline; 5298 } 5299 5300 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5301 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5302 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5303 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5304 /// 5305 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5306 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5307 /// 5308 /// For instance: 5309 /// 5310 /// auto x = []{}; 5311 /// 5312 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5313 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5314 /// 5315 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5316 template<typename T> 5317 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5318 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5319 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5320 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5321 return false; 5322 } 5323 return D->isExternC(); 5324 } 5325 5326 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5327 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5328 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5329 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5330 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5331 return true; 5332 if (DC->isRecord()) 5333 return false; 5334 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5335 } 5336 5337 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5338 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5339 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5340 return true; 5341 if (DC->isRecord()) 5342 return false; 5343 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5344 } 5345 5346 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5347 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5348 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5349 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5350 return true; 5351 return false; 5352 } 5353 5354 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5355 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5356 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5357 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5358 return true; 5359 5360 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5361 // position to the decl itself. 5362 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5363 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5364 return true; 5365 } 5366 5367 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5368 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5369 } 5370 5371 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5372 /// function-local external declaration. 5373 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5374 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5375 return false; 5376 5377 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5378 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5379 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5380 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5381 return true; 5382 5383 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5384 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5385 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5386 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5387 // 5388 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5389 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5390 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5391 DC = DC->getParent(); 5392 return true; 5393 } 5394 5395 NamedDecl * 5396 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5397 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5398 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5399 bool &AddToScope) { 5400 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5401 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5402 5403 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5404 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5405 5406 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5407 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5408 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5409 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5410 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5411 SC = SC_Extern; 5412 5413 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5414 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5415 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5416 5417 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5418 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5419 QualType NR = R; 5420 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5421 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5422 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5423 D.setInvalidType(); 5424 break; 5425 } 5426 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5427 } 5428 5429 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5430 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5431 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5432 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5433 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5434 D.setInvalidType(); 5435 } 5436 } 5437 } 5438 5439 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5440 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5441 // an error here 5442 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5443 D.setInvalidType(); 5444 SC = SC_None; 5445 } 5446 5447 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5448 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5449 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5450 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5451 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5452 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5453 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5454 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5455 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5456 } 5457 5458 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5459 if (!II) { 5460 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5461 << Name; 5462 return nullptr; 5463 } 5464 5465 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5466 5467 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5468 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5469 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5470 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5471 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5472 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5473 D.setInvalidType(); 5474 } 5475 } 5476 5477 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5478 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5479 // OpenCL __local address space. 5480 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5481 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5482 } 5483 5484 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5485 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5486 // space qualifiers. 5487 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5488 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5489 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5490 } 5491 5492 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5493 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5494 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5495 // address space qualifiers. 5496 if (R->isEventT()) { 5497 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5498 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5499 D.setInvalidType(); 5500 } 5501 5502 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5503 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5504 D.setInvalidType(); 5505 } 5506 } 5507 } 5508 5509 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5510 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5511 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5512 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5513 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5514 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5515 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5516 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5517 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5518 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5519 R, TInfo, SC); 5520 5521 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5522 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5523 } else { 5524 bool Invalid = false; 5525 5526 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5527 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5528 switch (SC) { 5529 case SC_None: 5530 break; 5531 case SC_Static: 5532 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5533 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5534 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5535 break; 5536 case SC_Auto: 5537 case SC_Register: 5538 case SC_Extern: 5539 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5540 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5541 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5542 // of class members 5543 5544 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5545 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5546 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5547 break; 5548 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5549 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5550 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5551 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5552 } 5553 } 5554 5555 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5556 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5557 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5558 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5559 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5560 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5561 5562 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5563 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5564 if (RD->isUnion()) 5565 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5566 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5567 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5568 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5569 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5570 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5571 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5572 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5573 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5574 } 5575 } 5576 5577 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5578 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5579 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5580 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5581 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5582 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5583 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5584 : nullptr, 5585 TemplateParamLists, 5586 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5587 5588 if (TemplateParams) { 5589 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5590 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5591 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5592 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5593 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5594 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5595 << II 5596 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5597 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5598 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5599 } else { 5600 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5601 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5602 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5603 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5604 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5605 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5606 // This is a template declaration. 5607 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5608 5609 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5610 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5611 return nullptr; 5612 5613 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5614 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5615 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5616 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5617 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5618 } 5619 } 5620 } else { 5621 assert( 5622 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5623 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5624 } 5625 5626 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5627 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5628 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5629 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5630 : SourceLocation(); 5631 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5632 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5633 IsPartialSpecialization); 5634 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5635 return nullptr; 5636 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5637 AddToScope = false; 5638 } else 5639 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5640 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5641 5642 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5643 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5644 NewTemplate = 5645 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5646 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5647 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5648 } 5649 5650 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5651 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5652 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5653 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5654 5655 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5656 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5657 if (NewTemplate) 5658 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5659 } 5660 5661 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5662 5663 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5664 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5665 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5666 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5667 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5668 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5669 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5670 5671 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5672 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5673 } 5674 5675 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5676 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5677 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5678 if (NewTemplate) 5679 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5680 5681 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5682 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5683 5684 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5685 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5686 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5687 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5688 // explicitly. 5689 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5690 // 'extern'. 5691 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5692 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5693 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5694 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5695 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5696 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5697 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5698 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5699 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5700 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5701 else 5702 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5703 } 5704 5705 // C99 6.7.4p3 5706 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5707 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5708 // thread storage duration... 5709 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5710 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5711 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5712 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5713 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5714 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5715 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5716 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5717 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5718 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5719 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5720 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5721 } 5722 } 5723 5724 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5725 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5726 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5727 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5728 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5729 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5730 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5731 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5732 << 2 5733 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5734 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5735 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5736 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5737 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5738 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5739 else { 5740 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5741 if (NewTemplate) 5742 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5743 } 5744 } 5745 5746 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5747 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5748 5749 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5750 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5751 // storage [duration]." 5752 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5753 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5754 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5755 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5756 } 5757 } 5758 5759 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5760 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5761 // check the VarDecl itself. 5762 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5763 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5764 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5765 5766 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5767 // retainable type. 5768 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5769 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5770 5771 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5772 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5773 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5774 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5775 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5776 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5777 switch (SC) { 5778 case SC_None: 5779 case SC_Auto: 5780 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5781 break; 5782 case SC_Register: 5783 // Local Named register 5784 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5785 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5786 break; 5787 case SC_Static: 5788 case SC_Extern: 5789 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5790 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5791 break; 5792 } 5793 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 5794 // Global Named register 5795 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5796 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5797 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 5798 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 5799 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5800 } 5801 } 5802 5803 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5804 Context, Label, 0)); 5805 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5806 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5807 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5808 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5809 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5810 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5811 } 5812 } 5813 5814 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5815 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 5816 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5817 5818 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5819 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5820 // declaration has linkage). 5821 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5822 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 5823 IsExplicitSpecialization || 5824 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5825 5826 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5827 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5828 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5829 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5830 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5831 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5832 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5833 5834 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5835 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5836 } else { 5837 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 5838 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5839 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5840 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5841 5842 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5843 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5844 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5845 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5846 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5847 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5848 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5849 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5850 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5851 Previous.clear(); 5852 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5853 } 5854 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5855 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5856 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5857 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5858 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5859 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5860 } 5861 5862 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5863 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5864 5865 if (NewTemplate) { 5866 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 5867 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 5868 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 5869 : nullptr; 5870 5871 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5872 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5873 // template declaration. 5874 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5875 TemplateParams, 5876 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5877 : nullptr, 5878 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5879 DC->isDependentContext()) 5880 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5881 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5882 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5883 5884 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5885 // template, make a note of that. 5886 if (PrevVarTemplate && 5887 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5888 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5889 } 5890 } 5891 5892 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5893 5894 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5895 // the map of such variables. 5896 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5897 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5898 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5899 5900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5901 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5902 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5903 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5904 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5905 Context.setManglingNumber( 5906 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 5907 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5908 } 5909 } 5910 5911 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 5912 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 5913 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 5914 IsExplicitSpecialization); 5915 } 5916 5917 if (NewTemplate) { 5918 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5919 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5920 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5921 return NewTemplate; 5922 } 5923 5924 return NewVD; 5925 } 5926 5927 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5928 /// -Wshadow. 5929 /// 5930 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5931 /// scope. 5932 /// 5933 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5934 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5935 /// 5936 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5937 // Return if warning is ignored. 5938 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 5939 return; 5940 5941 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5942 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5943 return; 5944 5945 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5946 5947 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5948 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5949 return; 5950 5951 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5952 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5953 return; 5954 5955 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5956 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5957 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5958 if (MD->isStatic()) 5959 return; 5960 5961 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5962 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5963 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5964 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5965 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 5966 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5967 ShadowedDecl = I; 5968 break; 5969 } 5970 } 5971 5972 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5973 5974 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5975 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5976 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5977 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5978 return; 5979 5980 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5981 // static data members from base classes? 5982 5983 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5984 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5985 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5986 } 5987 5988 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5989 unsigned Kind; 5990 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5991 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5992 Kind = 3; // field 5993 else 5994 Kind = 2; // static data member 5995 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5996 Kind = 1; // global 5997 else 5998 Kind = 0; // local 5999 6000 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6001 6002 // Emit warning and note. 6003 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6004 return; 6005 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6006 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6007 } 6008 6009 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6010 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6011 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6012 return; 6013 6014 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6015 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6016 LookupName(R, S); 6017 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6018 } 6019 6020 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6021 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6022 template<typename T> 6023 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6024 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6025 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6026 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6027 6028 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6029 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6030 // declaration. 6031 return false; 6032 } 6033 6034 if (Prev) { 6035 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6036 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6037 // redeclaration. 6038 Previous.clear(); 6039 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6040 return true; 6041 } 6042 6043 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6044 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6045 // declaration. 6046 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6047 return false; 6048 } else { 6049 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6050 // translation unit which might conflict. 6051 if (IsGlobal) { 6052 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6053 IsGlobal = false; 6054 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6055 I != E; ++I) { 6056 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6057 Prev = *I; 6058 break; 6059 } 6060 } 6061 } else { 6062 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6063 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6064 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6065 I != E; ++I) { 6066 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6067 Prev = *I; 6068 break; 6069 } 6070 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6071 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6072 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6073 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6074 // diagnostic. 6075 } 6076 } 6077 6078 if (!Prev) 6079 return false; 6080 } 6081 6082 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6083 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6084 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6085 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6086 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6087 else 6088 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6089 6090 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6091 << IsGlobal << ND; 6092 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6093 << IsGlobal; 6094 return false; 6095 } 6096 6097 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6098 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6099 /// 6100 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6101 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6102 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6103 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6104 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6105 template<typename T> 6106 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6107 LookupResult &Previous) { 6108 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6109 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6110 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6111 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6112 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6113 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6114 Previous.clear(); 6115 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6116 return true; 6117 } 6118 } 6119 return false; 6120 } 6121 6122 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6123 // declaration. 6124 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6125 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6126 6127 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6128 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6129 // in another scope. 6130 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6131 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6132 6133 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6134 return false; 6135 } 6136 6137 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6138 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6139 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6140 return; 6141 6142 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6143 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6144 6145 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6146 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6147 return; 6148 6149 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6150 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6151 6152 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6153 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6154 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6155 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6156 NewVD->setType(T); 6157 } 6158 6159 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6160 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6161 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6162 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6163 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6164 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6165 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6166 return; 6167 } 6168 6169 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6170 // __constant address space. 6171 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6172 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6173 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6174 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6175 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6176 return; 6177 } 6178 6179 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6180 // scope. 6181 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6182 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6183 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6184 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6185 return; 6186 } 6187 6188 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6189 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6190 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6191 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6192 else { 6193 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6194 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6195 } 6196 } 6197 6198 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6199 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6200 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6201 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6202 6203 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6204 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6205 bool SizeIsNegative; 6206 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6207 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6208 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6209 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6210 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6211 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6212 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6213 // int a[10][n]; 6214 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6215 6216 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6217 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6218 << SizeRange; 6219 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6220 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6221 << SizeRange; 6222 else 6223 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6224 << SizeRange; 6225 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6226 return; 6227 } 6228 6229 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6230 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6231 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6232 else 6233 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6234 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6235 return; 6236 } 6237 6238 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6239 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6240 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6241 } 6242 6243 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6244 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6245 // of objects and functions. 6246 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6247 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6248 << T; 6249 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6250 return; 6251 } 6252 } 6253 6254 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6255 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6256 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6257 return; 6258 } 6259 6260 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6261 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6262 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6263 return; 6264 } 6265 6266 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6267 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6268 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6269 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6270 return; 6271 } 6272 } 6273 6274 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6275 /// declaration. 6276 /// 6277 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6278 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6279 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6280 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6281 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6282 /// 6283 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6284 /// 6285 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6286 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6287 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6288 6289 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6290 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6291 return false; 6292 6293 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6294 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6295 if (Previous.empty() && 6296 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6297 Previous.setShadowed(); 6298 6299 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6300 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 6301 6302 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6303 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6304 return true; 6305 } 6306 return false; 6307 } 6308 6309 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 6310 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 6311 Sema *S; 6312 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6313 }; 6314 6315 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6316 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6317 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6318 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 6319 CXXBasePath &Path, 6320 void *UserData) { 6321 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6322 6323 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 6324 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 6325 6326 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 6327 6328 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6329 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6330 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6331 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6332 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6333 6334 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6335 } 6336 6337 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 6338 !Path.Decls.empty(); 6339 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6340 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6341 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6342 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 6343 return true; 6344 } 6345 } 6346 6347 return false; 6348 } 6349 6350 namespace { 6351 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6352 } 6353 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6354 /// overriden methods. 6355 /// 6356 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6357 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6358 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6359 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6360 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6361 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6362 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6363 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6364 I != E; ++I) { 6365 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6366 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6367 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6368 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6369 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6370 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6371 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6372 } 6373 } 6374 6375 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6376 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6377 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6378 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6379 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6380 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 6381 Data.Method = MD; 6382 Data.S = this; 6383 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6384 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6385 bool AddedAny = false; 6386 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 6387 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6388 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6389 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6390 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6391 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6392 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6393 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6394 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6395 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6396 AddedAny = true; 6397 } 6398 } 6399 } 6400 } 6401 6402 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6403 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6404 } 6405 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6406 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6407 } 6408 6409 return AddedAny; 6410 } 6411 6412 namespace { 6413 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6414 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6415 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6416 Scope *S; 6417 Declarator &D; 6418 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6419 bool AddToScope; 6420 }; 6421 } 6422 6423 namespace { 6424 6425 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6426 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6427 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6428 public: 6429 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6430 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6431 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6432 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6433 6434 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6435 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6436 return false; 6437 6438 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6439 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6440 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6441 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6442 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6443 6444 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6445 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6446 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6447 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6448 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6449 return true; 6450 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6451 return true; 6452 } 6453 } 6454 } 6455 6456 return false; 6457 } 6458 6459 private: 6460 ASTContext &Context; 6461 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6462 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6463 }; 6464 6465 } 6466 6467 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6468 /// 6469 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6470 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6471 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6472 /// the same name. 6473 /// 6474 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6475 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6476 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6477 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6478 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6479 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6480 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6481 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6482 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6483 TypoCorrection Correction; 6484 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6485 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6486 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6487 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6488 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6489 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6490 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6491 6492 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6493 if (IsLocalFriend) 6494 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6495 else 6496 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6497 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6498 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6499 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6500 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6501 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6502 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6503 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6504 if (FD && 6505 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6506 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6507 // involve a parameter 6508 unsigned ParamNum = 6509 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6510 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6511 } 6512 } 6513 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6514 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6515 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6516 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6517 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6518 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6519 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6520 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6521 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6522 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6523 Previous.clear(); 6524 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6525 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6526 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6527 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6528 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6529 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6530 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6531 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6532 } 6533 } 6534 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6535 6536 NamedDecl *Result; 6537 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6538 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6539 { 6540 // Trap errors. 6541 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6542 6543 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6544 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6545 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6546 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6547 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6548 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6549 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6550 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6551 6552 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6553 Result = nullptr; 6554 } 6555 6556 if (Result) { 6557 // Determine which correction we picked. 6558 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6559 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6560 I != E; ++I) 6561 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6562 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6563 6564 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6565 Correction, 6566 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6567 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6568 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6569 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6570 return Result; 6571 } 6572 6573 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6574 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6575 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6576 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6577 Previous.clear(); 6578 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6579 } 6580 6581 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6582 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6583 6584 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6585 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6586 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6587 6588 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6589 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6590 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6591 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6592 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6593 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6594 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6595 6596 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6597 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6598 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6599 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6600 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6601 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6602 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6603 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6604 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6605 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6606 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6607 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6608 } else 6609 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6610 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6611 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6612 } 6613 return nullptr; 6614 } 6615 6616 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6617 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6618 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6619 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6620 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6621 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6622 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6623 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6624 D.setInvalidType(); 6625 break; 6626 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6627 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6628 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6629 return SC_None; 6630 return SC_Extern; 6631 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6632 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6633 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6634 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6635 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6636 // other than extern 6637 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6638 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6639 diag::err_static_block_func); 6640 break; 6641 } else 6642 return SC_Static; 6643 } 6644 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6645 } 6646 6647 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6648 return SC_None; 6649 } 6650 6651 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6652 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6653 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6654 StorageClass SC, 6655 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6656 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6657 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6658 6659 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6660 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6661 6662 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6663 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6664 // prototype. This true when: 6665 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6666 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6667 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6668 bool HasPrototype = 6669 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6670 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6671 6672 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6673 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6674 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6675 HasPrototype, false); 6676 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6677 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6678 6679 return NewFD; 6680 } 6681 6682 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6683 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6684 6685 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6686 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6687 // the class has been completely parsed. 6688 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6689 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6690 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6691 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6692 D.setInvalidType(); 6693 6694 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6695 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6696 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6697 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6698 6699 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6700 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6701 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6702 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6703 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6704 isConstexpr); 6705 6706 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6707 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6708 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6709 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6710 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6711 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6712 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6713 D.getLocStart(), 6714 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6715 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6716 6717 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6718 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6719 // it yet. 6720 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6721 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6722 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6723 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6724 } 6725 6726 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6727 return NewDD; 6728 6729 } else { 6730 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6731 D.setInvalidType(); 6732 6733 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6734 // code path. 6735 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6736 D.getLocStart(), 6737 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6738 SC, isInline, 6739 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6740 } 6741 6742 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6743 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6744 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6745 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6746 return nullptr; 6747 } 6748 6749 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6750 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6751 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6752 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6753 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6754 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6755 6756 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6757 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6758 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6759 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6760 // constructor if it has no return type). 6761 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6762 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6763 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6764 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6765 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6766 return nullptr; 6767 } 6768 6769 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6770 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6771 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6772 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6773 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6774 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6775 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6776 return Ret; 6777 } else { 6778 bool isFriend = 6779 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6780 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 6781 return nullptr; 6782 6783 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6784 // prototype. This true when: 6785 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6786 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6787 D.getLocStart(), 6788 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6789 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6790 } 6791 } 6792 6793 enum OpenCLParamType { 6794 ValidKernelParam, 6795 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6796 PtrKernelParam, 6797 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6798 InvalidKernelParam, 6799 RecordKernelParam 6800 }; 6801 6802 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6803 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6804 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6805 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 6806 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 6807 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 6808 : PtrKernelParam; 6809 } 6810 6811 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6812 // be used as builtin types. 6813 6814 if (PT->isImageType()) 6815 return PtrKernelParam; 6816 6817 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6818 return InvalidKernelParam; 6819 6820 if (PT->isEventT()) 6821 return InvalidKernelParam; 6822 6823 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6824 return InvalidKernelParam; 6825 6826 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6827 return RecordKernelParam; 6828 6829 return ValidKernelParam; 6830 } 6831 6832 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6833 Sema &S, 6834 Declarator &D, 6835 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6836 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 6837 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6838 6839 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6840 // used again 6841 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6842 return; 6843 6844 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6845 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6846 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6847 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6848 // pointer to a pointer type. 6849 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6850 D.setInvalidType(); 6851 return; 6852 6853 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 6854 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6855 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6856 // pointer to the private address space. 6857 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 6858 D.setInvalidType(); 6859 return; 6860 6861 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6862 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6863 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6864 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6865 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6866 6867 case InvalidKernelParam: 6868 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6869 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6870 // of event_t type. 6871 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6872 D.setInvalidType(); 6873 return; 6874 6875 case PtrKernelParam: 6876 case ValidKernelParam: 6877 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6878 return; 6879 6880 case RecordKernelParam: 6881 break; 6882 } 6883 6884 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6885 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6886 6887 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6888 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6889 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6890 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 6891 6892 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6893 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6894 6895 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6896 6897 do { 6898 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6899 if (!Next) { 6900 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6901 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6902 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6903 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6904 6905 continue; 6906 } 6907 6908 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6909 // field itself) to the history stack. 6910 const RecordDecl *RD; 6911 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6912 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6913 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6914 } else { 6915 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6916 } 6917 6918 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6919 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 6920 6921 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 6922 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6923 6924 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6925 continue; 6926 6927 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6928 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6929 continue; 6930 6931 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6932 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6933 continue; 6934 } 6935 6936 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6937 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6938 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6939 // union. 6940 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 6941 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 6942 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6943 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6944 << PT->isUnionType() 6945 << PT; 6946 } else { 6947 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6948 } 6949 6950 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6951 << PD->getDeclName(); 6952 6953 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6954 // the offending field came from 6955 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 6956 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6957 E = HistoryStack.end(); 6958 I != E; ++I) { 6959 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6960 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6961 << OuterField->getType(); 6962 } 6963 6964 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6965 << QT->isPointerType() 6966 << QT; 6967 D.setInvalidType(); 6968 return; 6969 } 6970 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6971 } 6972 6973 NamedDecl* 6974 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6975 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6976 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6977 bool &AddToScope) { 6978 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6979 6980 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6981 6982 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6983 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6984 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6985 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6986 6987 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6988 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6989 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6990 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6991 6992 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 6993 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 6994 6995 bool isFriend = false; 6996 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 6997 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6998 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6999 7000 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7001 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7002 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7003 7004 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7005 7006 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7007 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7008 7009 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7010 isVirtualOkay); 7011 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7012 7013 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7014 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7015 7016 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7017 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7018 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7019 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7020 7021 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7022 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7023 7024 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7025 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7026 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7027 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7028 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7029 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7030 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7031 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7032 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7033 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7034 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7035 } 7036 7037 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7038 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7039 // return true). 7040 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7041 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7042 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7043 NewFD->setPure(true); 7044 } 7045 7046 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7047 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7048 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7049 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7050 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7051 7052 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7053 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7054 bool Invalid = false; 7055 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7056 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7057 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7058 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7059 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7060 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7061 : nullptr, 7062 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7063 Invalid)) { 7064 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7065 // This is a function template 7066 7067 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7068 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7069 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7070 7071 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7072 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7073 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7074 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7075 } 7076 7077 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7078 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7079 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7080 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7081 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7082 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7083 Invalid = true; 7084 } 7085 7086 7087 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7088 NewFD->getLocation(), 7089 Name, TemplateParams, 7090 NewFD); 7091 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7092 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7093 7094 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7095 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7096 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7097 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 7098 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7099 } 7100 } else { 7101 // This is a function template specialization. 7102 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7103 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7104 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7105 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7106 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7107 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7108 7109 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7110 if (isFriend) { 7111 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7112 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7113 7114 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7115 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7116 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7117 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7118 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7119 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7120 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7121 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7122 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7123 } 7124 7125 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7126 << Name << RemoveRange 7127 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7128 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7129 } 7130 } 7131 } 7132 else { 7133 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7134 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7135 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7136 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7137 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7138 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7139 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7140 } 7141 7142 if (Invalid) { 7143 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7144 if (FunctionTemplate) 7145 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7146 } 7147 7148 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7149 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7150 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7151 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7152 // 7153 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7154 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7155 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7156 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7157 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7158 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7159 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7160 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7161 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7162 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7163 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7164 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7165 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7166 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7167 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7168 } else { 7169 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7170 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7171 } 7172 7173 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7174 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7175 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7176 } 7177 7178 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7179 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7180 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7181 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7182 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7183 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7184 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7185 // thing to do. 7186 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7187 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7188 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7189 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7190 QualType Result = 7191 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7192 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7193 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7194 } 7195 7196 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7197 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7198 // declaration. 7199 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7200 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7201 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7202 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7203 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7204 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7205 } 7206 } 7207 7208 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7209 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7210 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7211 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7212 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7213 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7214 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7215 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7216 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7217 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7218 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7219 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7220 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7221 // or conversion function. 7222 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7223 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7224 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7225 } 7226 } 7227 7228 if (isConstexpr) { 7229 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7230 // are implicitly inline. 7231 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7232 7233 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7234 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7235 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7236 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7237 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7238 } 7239 7240 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7241 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7242 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7243 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7244 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7245 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7246 << 0 7247 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7248 } else { 7249 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7250 if (FunctionTemplate) 7251 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7252 } 7253 } 7254 7255 if (isFriend) { 7256 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7257 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7258 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7259 } 7260 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7261 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7262 } 7263 7264 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7265 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7266 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7267 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7268 case FDK_Declaration: 7269 case FDK_Definition: 7270 break; 7271 7272 case FDK_Defaulted: 7273 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7274 break; 7275 7276 case FDK_Deleted: 7277 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7278 break; 7279 } 7280 7281 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7282 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7283 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7284 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7285 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7286 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7287 } 7288 7289 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7290 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7291 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7292 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7293 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7294 // the class. 7295 7296 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7297 // member function definition. 7298 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7299 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7300 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7301 } 7302 7303 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7304 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7305 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7306 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7307 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7308 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7309 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7310 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7311 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7312 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7313 } 7314 7315 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7316 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7317 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7318 isExplicitSpecialization || 7319 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7320 7321 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7322 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7323 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7324 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7325 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7326 SE->getString(), 0)); 7327 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7328 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7329 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7330 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7331 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7332 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7333 } 7334 } 7335 7336 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7337 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7338 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7339 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7340 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7341 7342 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7343 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7344 // single void argument. 7345 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7346 // already checks for that case. 7347 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7348 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7349 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7350 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7351 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7352 Params.push_back(Param); 7353 7354 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7355 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7356 } 7357 } 7358 7359 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7360 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7361 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7362 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7363 // 7364 // @code 7365 // typedef void fn(int); 7366 // fn f; 7367 // @endcode 7368 7369 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7370 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7371 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7372 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7373 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7374 Params.push_back(Param); 7375 } 7376 } else { 7377 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7378 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7379 } 7380 7381 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7382 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7383 7384 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7385 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7386 // 7387 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7388 // 7389 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7390 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7391 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7392 7393 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7394 NewFD->addAttr( 7395 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7396 Context, 0)); 7397 7398 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7399 // because all functions have linkage. 7400 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7401 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7402 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7403 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7404 } 7405 7406 if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && 7407 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7408 NewFD->addAttr( 7409 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7410 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7411 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7412 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7413 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7414 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7415 NewFD)) 7416 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7417 } 7418 7419 // Handle attributes. 7420 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7421 7422 QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7423 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 7424 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 7425 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 7426 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 7427 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7428 // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute. 7429 // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions 7430 // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators) 7431 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) 7432 NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7433 } 7434 7435 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7436 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7437 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7438 unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace(); 7439 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7440 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7441 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7442 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7443 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7444 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7445 } 7446 } 7447 7448 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7449 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7450 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7451 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7452 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7453 7454 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7455 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7456 7457 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7458 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7459 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7460 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7461 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7462 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7463 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7464 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7465 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7466 7467 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7468 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7469 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7470 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7471 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7472 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7473 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7474 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7475 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7476 int DiagID = 7477 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7478 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7479 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7480 } 7481 } 7482 } else { 7483 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7484 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7485 // 7486 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7487 // 7488 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7489 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7490 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7491 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7492 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7493 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7494 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7495 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7496 7497 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7498 // argument list into our AST format. 7499 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7500 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7501 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7502 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7503 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7504 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7505 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7506 TemplateArgs); 7507 7508 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7509 7510 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7511 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7512 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7513 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7514 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7515 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7516 7517 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7518 } else { 7519 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7520 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7521 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7522 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7523 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7524 } 7525 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7526 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7527 // wrote something like: 7528 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7529 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7530 // friend void foo<>(int); 7531 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7532 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7533 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7534 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7535 } 7536 7537 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7538 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7539 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7540 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7541 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7542 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7543 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7544 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7545 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7546 InstantiationDependent))) { 7547 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7548 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7549 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7550 Previous)) 7551 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7552 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7553 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7554 && !isFriend) { 7555 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7556 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7557 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7558 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7559 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7560 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7561 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7562 : nullptr), 7563 Previous)) 7564 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7565 7566 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7567 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7568 // specialization (14.7.3) 7569 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7570 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7571 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7572 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7573 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7574 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7575 << SC 7576 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7577 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7578 7579 else 7580 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7581 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7582 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7583 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7584 } 7585 7586 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7587 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7588 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7589 } 7590 7591 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7592 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7593 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7594 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7595 7596 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7597 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7598 7599 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7600 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7601 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7602 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7603 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7604 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7605 } 7606 7607 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7608 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7609 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7610 7611 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7612 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7613 : NewFD); 7614 7615 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7616 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7617 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7618 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7619 7620 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7621 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7622 } 7623 7624 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7625 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7626 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7627 7628 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7629 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7630 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7631 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7632 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7633 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7634 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7635 : nullptr, 7636 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7637 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7638 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7639 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7640 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7641 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7642 DC->isDependentContext()) 7643 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7644 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7645 } 7646 7647 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7648 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7649 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7650 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7651 AddToScope }; 7652 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7653 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7654 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7655 7656 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7657 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7658 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7659 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7660 7661 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7662 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7663 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7664 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7665 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7666 // can actually do this check immediately. 7667 if (isFriend && 7668 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7669 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7670 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7671 // ignore these 7672 } else { 7673 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7674 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7675 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7676 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7677 // 7678 // class X { 7679 // void f() const; 7680 // }; 7681 // 7682 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7683 // 7684 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7685 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7686 // whether the parameter types are references). 7687 7688 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7689 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7690 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7691 return Result; 7692 } 7693 } 7694 7695 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7696 // to something. 7697 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7698 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7699 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7700 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7701 return Result; 7702 } 7703 } 7704 7705 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7706 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7707 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7708 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7709 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7710 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7711 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7712 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7713 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7714 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7715 // generate them. 7716 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7717 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7718 } 7719 } 7720 7721 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7722 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7723 7724 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7725 7726 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7727 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7728 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7729 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7730 << NewFD; 7731 7732 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7733 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7734 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7735 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7736 EPI.Variadic = true; 7737 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7738 7739 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7740 NewFD->setType(R); 7741 } 7742 7743 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7744 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7745 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7746 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7747 7748 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7749 // marking the function. 7750 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7751 7752 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7753 // a pragma. 7754 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7755 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7756 7757 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7758 // the map of such variables. 7759 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7760 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7761 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7762 7763 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7764 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7765 7766 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7767 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7768 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7769 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7770 } 7771 7772 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7773 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7774 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7775 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7776 return FunctionTemplate; 7777 } 7778 } 7779 7780 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7781 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7782 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7783 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7784 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7785 D.setInvalidType(); 7786 } 7787 7788 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7789 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7790 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7791 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 7792 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 7793 : FixItHint()); 7794 D.setInvalidType(); 7795 } 7796 7797 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7798 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 7799 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7800 } 7801 7802 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7803 7804 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7805 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7806 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7807 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7808 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7809 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 7810 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7811 7812 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7813 } 7814 } 7815 7816 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7817 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7818 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7819 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7820 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7821 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7822 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7823 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7824 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7825 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7826 AddToScope = false; 7827 } 7828 7829 return NewFD; 7830 } 7831 7832 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7833 /// 7834 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7835 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7836 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7837 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7838 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7839 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7840 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7841 /// 7842 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7843 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7844 /// 7845 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7846 /// 7847 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7848 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7849 LookupResult &Previous, 7850 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7851 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 7852 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7853 7854 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7855 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7856 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7857 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7858 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7859 7860 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7861 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7862 7863 bool Redeclaration = false; 7864 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 7865 7866 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7867 // the same name, if appropriate. 7868 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7869 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7870 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7871 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7872 // function to the scope. 7873 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7874 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7875 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7876 Redeclaration = true; 7877 OldDecl = Candidate; 7878 } 7879 } else { 7880 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7881 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7882 case Ovl_Match: 7883 Redeclaration = true; 7884 break; 7885 7886 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7887 Redeclaration = true; 7888 break; 7889 7890 case Ovl_Overload: 7891 Redeclaration = false; 7892 break; 7893 } 7894 7895 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7896 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7897 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7898 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7899 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7900 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 7901 if (Redeclaration) 7902 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7903 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7904 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7905 if (OverloadedDecl) 7906 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7907 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7908 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7909 } 7910 } 7911 } 7912 7913 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7914 if (!Redeclaration && 7915 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7916 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7917 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7918 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7919 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7920 Redeclaration = true; 7921 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7922 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7923 7924 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7925 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7926 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7927 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7928 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7929 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7930 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7931 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7932 } 7933 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7934 Redeclaration = false; 7935 OldDecl = nullptr; 7936 } 7937 } 7938 } 7939 } 7940 7941 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7942 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7943 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7944 // 7945 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7946 // definition of a static member function. 7947 // 7948 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7949 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7950 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7951 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7952 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7953 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7954 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 7955 if (OldDecl) 7956 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 7957 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7958 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7959 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7960 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7961 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7962 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 7963 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 7964 7965 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7966 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7967 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7968 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7969 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7970 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7971 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7972 7973 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7974 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7975 } 7976 } 7977 } 7978 7979 if (Redeclaration) { 7980 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7981 // merged. 7982 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 7983 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7984 return Redeclaration; 7985 } 7986 7987 Previous.clear(); 7988 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7989 7990 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7991 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7992 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7993 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7994 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7995 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7996 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7997 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7998 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7999 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8000 } 8001 8002 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8003 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8004 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8005 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8006 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8007 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8008 } 8009 8010 } else { 8011 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8012 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8013 8014 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8015 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8016 } 8017 } 8018 8019 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8020 8021 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8022 // C++-specific checks. 8023 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8024 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8025 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8026 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8027 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8028 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8029 8030 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8031 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8032 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8033 DeclarationName Name 8034 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8035 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8036 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8037 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8038 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8039 return Redeclaration; 8040 } 8041 } 8042 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8043 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8044 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8045 } 8046 8047 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8048 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8049 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8050 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8051 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8052 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8053 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8054 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8055 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8056 } 8057 } 8058 } 8059 8060 if (Method->isStatic()) 8061 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8062 } 8063 8064 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8065 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8066 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8067 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8068 return Redeclaration; 8069 } 8070 8071 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8072 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8073 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8074 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8075 return Redeclaration; 8076 } 8077 8078 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8079 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8080 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8081 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8082 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8083 8084 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8085 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8086 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8087 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8088 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8089 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8090 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8091 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8092 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8093 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8094 } 8095 } 8096 8097 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8098 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8099 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8100 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8101 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8102 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8103 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8104 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8105 << NewFD << R; 8106 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8107 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8108 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8109 } 8110 } 8111 return Redeclaration; 8112 } 8113 8114 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8115 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8116 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8117 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8118 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8119 // appear in a declaration of main. 8120 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8121 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8122 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8123 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8124 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8125 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8126 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8127 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8128 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8129 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8130 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8131 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8132 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8133 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8134 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8135 } 8136 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8137 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8138 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8139 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8140 } 8141 8142 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8143 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8144 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8145 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8146 return; 8147 } 8148 8149 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8150 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8151 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8152 8153 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8154 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8155 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8156 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8157 8158 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8159 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8160 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8161 else { 8162 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8163 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8164 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8165 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8166 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8167 } 8168 } else { 8169 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8170 // set the flag which tells us that. 8171 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8172 8173 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8174 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8175 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8176 else { 8177 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8178 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8179 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8180 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8181 : FixItHint()); 8182 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8183 } 8184 } 8185 8186 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8187 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8188 8189 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8190 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8191 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8192 8193 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8194 8195 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8196 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8197 // getting shifty. 8198 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8199 HasExtraParameters = false; 8200 8201 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8202 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8203 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8204 nparams = 3; 8205 } 8206 8207 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8208 // if we had some location information about types. 8209 8210 QualType CharPP = 8211 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8212 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8213 8214 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8215 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8216 8217 bool mismatch = true; 8218 8219 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8220 mismatch = false; 8221 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8222 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8223 // char const ** 8224 // char const * const * 8225 // char * const * 8226 8227 QualifierCollector qs; 8228 const PointerType* PT; 8229 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8230 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8231 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8232 Context.CharTy)) { 8233 qs.removeConst(); 8234 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8235 } 8236 } 8237 8238 if (mismatch) { 8239 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8240 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8241 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8242 } 8243 } 8244 8245 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8246 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8247 } 8248 8249 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8250 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8251 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8252 } 8253 } 8254 8255 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8256 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8257 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8258 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8259 8260 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8261 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8262 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8263 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8264 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8265 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8266 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8267 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8268 8269 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8270 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8271 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8272 } 8273 } 8274 8275 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8276 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8277 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8278 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8279 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8280 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8281 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8282 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8283 // rules there don't matter.) 8284 const Expr *Culprit; 8285 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8286 return false; 8287 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8288 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8289 return true; 8290 } 8291 8292 namespace { 8293 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8294 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8295 class SelfReferenceChecker 8296 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8297 Sema &S; 8298 Decl *OrigDecl; 8299 bool isRecordType; 8300 bool isPODType; 8301 bool isReferenceType; 8302 8303 bool isInitList; 8304 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8305 public: 8306 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8307 8308 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8309 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8310 isPODType = false; 8311 isRecordType = false; 8312 isReferenceType = false; 8313 isInitList = false; 8314 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8315 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8316 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8317 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8318 } 8319 } 8320 8321 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8322 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8323 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8324 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8325 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8326 if (!InitList) { 8327 Visit(E); 8328 return; 8329 } 8330 8331 // Track and increment the index here. 8332 isInitList = true; 8333 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8334 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8335 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8336 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8337 } 8338 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8339 } 8340 8341 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8342 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8343 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8344 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8345 Expr *Base = E; 8346 bool ReferenceField = false; 8347 8348 // Get the field memebers used. 8349 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8350 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8351 if (!FD) 8352 return false; 8353 Fields.push_back(FD); 8354 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8355 ReferenceField = true; 8356 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8357 } 8358 8359 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8360 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8361 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8362 return false; 8363 8364 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8365 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8366 return true; 8367 8368 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8369 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8370 for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) { 8371 UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex()); 8372 } 8373 8374 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8375 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8376 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8377 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8378 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8379 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8380 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8381 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8382 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8383 return true; 8384 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8385 break; 8386 } 8387 8388 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8389 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8390 return true; 8391 } 8392 8393 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8394 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8395 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8396 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8397 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8398 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8399 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8400 return; 8401 } 8402 8403 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8404 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8405 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8406 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8407 return; 8408 } 8409 8410 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8411 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8412 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8413 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8414 return; 8415 } 8416 8417 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8418 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8419 return; 8420 } 8421 8422 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8423 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8424 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8425 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8426 return; 8427 } 8428 } 8429 8430 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8431 if (isInitList) { 8432 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8433 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8434 return; 8435 } 8436 8437 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8438 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8439 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8440 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8441 return; 8442 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8443 } 8444 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8445 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8446 return; 8447 } 8448 8449 Visit(E); 8450 } 8451 8452 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8453 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8454 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8455 if (isReferenceType) 8456 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8457 } 8458 8459 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8460 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8461 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8462 return; 8463 } 8464 8465 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8466 } 8467 8468 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8469 if (isInitList) { 8470 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8471 return; 8472 } 8473 8474 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8475 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8476 8477 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8478 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8479 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8480 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8481 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8482 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8483 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8484 Warn = false; 8485 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8486 } 8487 8488 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8489 if (Warn) 8490 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8491 return; 8492 } 8493 8494 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8495 // Visit that expression. 8496 Visit(Base); 8497 } 8498 8499 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8500 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8501 8502 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8503 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8504 8505 Visit(Callee); 8506 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8507 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8508 } 8509 8510 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8511 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8512 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8513 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8514 if (!isPODType) 8515 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8516 return; 8517 } 8518 8519 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8520 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8521 return; 8522 } 8523 8524 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8525 } 8526 8527 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8528 8529 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8530 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8531 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8532 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8533 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8534 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8535 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8536 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8537 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8538 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8539 return; 8540 } 8541 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8542 } 8543 8544 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8545 // Treat std::move as a use. 8546 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8547 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8548 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8549 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8550 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8551 return; 8552 } 8553 } 8554 } 8555 8556 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8557 } 8558 8559 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8560 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8561 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8562 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8563 return; 8564 } 8565 8566 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8567 } 8568 8569 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8570 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8571 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8572 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8573 Visit(E->getCond()); 8574 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8575 } 8576 8577 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8578 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8579 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8580 unsigned diag; 8581 if (isReferenceType) { 8582 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8583 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8584 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8585 } else { 8586 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8587 } 8588 8589 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8590 S.PDiag(diag) 8591 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8592 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8593 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8594 } 8595 }; 8596 8597 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8598 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8599 bool DirectInit) { 8600 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8601 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8602 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8603 return; 8604 8605 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8606 8607 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8608 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8609 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8610 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8611 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8612 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8613 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8614 return; 8615 8616 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8617 } 8618 } 8619 8620 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8621 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8622 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8623 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8624 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8625 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8626 // the initializer. 8627 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8628 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init); 8629 return; 8630 } 8631 8632 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8633 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8634 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8635 // Thus this grotesque test. 8636 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8637 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8638 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8639 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8640 else { 8641 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8642 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8643 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8644 } 8645 return; 8646 } 8647 8648 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8649 if (!VDecl) { 8650 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8651 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8652 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8653 return; 8654 } 8655 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8656 8657 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8658 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8659 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8660 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8661 // contains exactly one expression. 8662 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8663 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8664 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8665 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8666 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8667 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8668 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8669 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8670 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8671 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8672 return; 8673 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8674 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8675 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8676 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8677 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8678 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8679 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8680 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8681 return; 8682 } else { 8683 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8684 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8685 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8686 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8687 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8688 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8689 } 8690 } 8691 8692 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8693 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8694 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8695 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8696 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8697 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8698 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8699 return; 8700 } 8701 Init = Result.get(); 8702 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8703 } 8704 8705 QualType DeducedType; 8706 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8707 DAR_Failed) 8708 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8709 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8710 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8711 return; 8712 } 8713 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8714 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8715 8716 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8717 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8718 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8719 8720 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8721 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8722 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8723 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8724 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8725 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8726 SourceLocation Loc = 8727 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8728 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8729 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8730 } 8731 8732 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8733 // the previously declared type. 8734 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8735 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8736 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8737 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8738 } 8739 8740 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8741 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8742 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8743 return; 8744 8745 // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when 8746 // we implement N3922. 8747 if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 8748 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), 8749 diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init) 8750 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "="); 8751 } 8752 } 8753 8754 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8755 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8756 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8757 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8758 return; 8759 } 8760 8761 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8762 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8763 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8764 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8765 return; 8766 } 8767 8768 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8769 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8770 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8771 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8772 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8773 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8774 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8775 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8776 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8777 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8778 return; 8779 } 8780 8781 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8782 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8783 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8784 AbstractVariableType)) 8785 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8786 } 8787 8788 const VarDecl *Def; 8789 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8790 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8791 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8792 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8793 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8794 return; 8795 } 8796 8797 const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr; 8798 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8799 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8800 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8801 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8802 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8803 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8804 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8805 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8806 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8807 // 8808 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8809 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8810 // declaration with an initializer. 8811 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8812 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 8813 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8814 Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 8815 return; 8816 } 8817 8818 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8819 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8820 8821 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8822 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8823 return; 8824 } 8825 } 8826 8827 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8828 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8829 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8830 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8831 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8832 return; 8833 } 8834 8835 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8836 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8837 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8838 8839 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8840 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8841 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8842 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8843 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8844 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8845 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8846 return; 8847 } 8848 Init = Result.get(); 8849 } 8850 8851 // Perform the initialization. 8852 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8853 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8854 InitializationKind Kind 8855 = DirectInit ? 8856 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8857 Init->getLocStart(), 8858 Init->getLocEnd()) 8859 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8860 VDecl->getLocation()) 8861 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8862 Init->getLocStart()); 8863 8864 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8865 if (CXXDirectInit) 8866 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8867 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8868 8869 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 8870 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 8871 ExprResult Res = 8872 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Args[Idx], [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 8873 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 8874 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 8875 }); 8876 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 8877 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8878 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 8879 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 8880 } 8881 } 8882 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8883 return; 8884 8885 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8886 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8887 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8888 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8889 return; 8890 } 8891 8892 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 8893 } 8894 8895 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8896 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8897 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8898 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8899 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8900 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8901 } 8902 8903 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8904 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8905 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8906 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8907 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8908 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8909 8910 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8911 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8912 8913 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8914 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8915 8916 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8917 // Although this code can still have problems: 8918 // id x = self.weakProp; 8919 // id y = self.weakProp; 8920 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8921 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8922 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8923 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 8924 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8925 Init->getLocStart())) 8926 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8927 } 8928 8929 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8930 // 8931 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8932 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8933 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8934 // 8935 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8936 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8937 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8938 // 8939 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8940 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8941 false, 8942 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8943 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8944 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8945 return; 8946 } 8947 Init = Result.get(); 8948 8949 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8950 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8951 8952 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8953 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8954 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8955 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8956 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8957 const Expr *Culprit; 8958 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8959 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8960 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8961 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8962 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8963 // constant expressions. 8964 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8965 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8966 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8967 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 8968 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8969 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8970 } 8971 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8972 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8973 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8974 // 8975 // struct S { 8976 // static const int value = 17; 8977 // }; 8978 8979 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8980 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8981 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8982 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8983 // 8984 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8985 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8986 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8987 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8988 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8989 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8990 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8991 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8992 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8993 8994 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8995 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8996 8997 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8998 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8999 // type. 9000 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9001 9002 // Require constness. 9003 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9004 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9005 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9006 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9007 9008 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9009 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9010 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9011 SourceLocation Loc; 9012 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9013 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9014 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9015 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9016 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9017 ; // Nothing to check. 9018 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9019 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9020 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9021 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9022 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9023 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9024 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9025 } else { 9026 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9027 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9028 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9029 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9030 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9031 } 9032 9033 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9034 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9035 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9036 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9037 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9038 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9039 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9040 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9041 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9042 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9043 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9044 } else { 9045 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9046 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9047 9048 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9049 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9050 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9051 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9052 } 9053 } 9054 9055 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9056 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9057 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9058 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9059 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9060 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9061 9062 } else { 9063 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9064 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9065 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9066 } 9067 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9068 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9069 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9070 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9071 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9072 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9073 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9074 9075 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9076 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9077 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9078 } 9079 9080 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9081 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9082 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9083 // 9084 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9085 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9086 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9087 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9088 // special case code. 9089 9090 // C++ 8.5p11: 9091 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9092 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9093 // class type. 9094 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9095 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9096 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9097 } else if (DirectInit) { 9098 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9099 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9100 } 9101 9102 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9103 } 9104 9105 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9106 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9107 /// of sanity. 9108 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9109 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9110 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9111 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9112 9113 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9114 if (!VD) return; 9115 9116 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9117 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9118 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9119 return; 9120 } 9121 9122 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9123 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9124 9125 // Require a complete type. 9126 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9127 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9128 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9129 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9130 return; 9131 } 9132 9133 // Require a non-abstract type. 9134 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9135 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9136 AbstractVariableType)) { 9137 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9138 return; 9139 } 9140 9141 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9142 // though. 9143 } 9144 9145 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9146 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9147 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9148 if (!RealDecl) 9149 return; 9150 9151 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9152 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9153 9154 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9155 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9156 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9157 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9158 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9159 return; 9160 } 9161 9162 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9163 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9164 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9165 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9166 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9167 // member. 9168 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9169 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9170 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9171 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9172 << Var->getDeclName(); 9173 else 9174 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9175 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9176 return; 9177 } 9178 9179 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9180 // be initialized. 9181 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9182 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9183 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9184 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9185 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9186 return; 9187 } 9188 9189 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9190 case VarDecl::Definition: 9191 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9192 break; 9193 9194 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9195 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9196 // a declaration. 9197 // 9198 // Fall through 9199 9200 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9201 // It's only a declaration. 9202 9203 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9204 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9205 // object shall be complete. 9206 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9207 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9208 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9209 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9210 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9211 9212 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9213 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9214 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9215 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9216 AbstractVariableType)) 9217 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9218 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9219 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9220 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9221 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9222 } 9223 9224 return; 9225 9226 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9227 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9228 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9229 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9230 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9231 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9232 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9233 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9234 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9235 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9236 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9237 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9238 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9239 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9240 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9241 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9242 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9243 // NOTE: code such as the following 9244 // static struct s; 9245 // struct s { int a; }; 9246 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9247 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9248 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9249 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9250 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9251 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9252 } 9253 } 9254 9255 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9256 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9257 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9258 return; 9259 } 9260 9261 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9262 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9263 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9264 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9265 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9266 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9267 return; 9268 } 9269 9270 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9271 // definitions with reference type. 9272 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9273 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9274 << Var->getDeclName() 9275 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9276 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9277 return; 9278 } 9279 9280 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9281 // variable with dependent type. 9282 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9283 return; 9284 9285 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9286 return; 9287 9288 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9289 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9290 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9291 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9292 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9293 return; 9294 } 9295 } else { 9296 return; 9297 } 9298 9299 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9300 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9301 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9302 AbstractVariableType)) { 9303 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9304 return; 9305 } 9306 9307 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9308 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9309 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9310 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9311 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9312 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9313 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9314 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9315 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9316 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9317 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9318 if (const RecordType *Record 9319 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9320 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9321 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9322 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9323 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9324 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9325 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9326 } 9327 } 9328 9329 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9330 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9331 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9332 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9333 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9334 // type shall have a user-declared default 9335 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9336 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9337 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9338 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9339 // program is ill-formed. 9340 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9341 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9342 // default-initialized; [...]. 9343 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9344 InitializationKind Kind 9345 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9346 9347 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9348 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9349 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9350 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9351 else if (Init.get()) { 9352 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9353 // This is important for template substitution. 9354 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9355 } 9356 9357 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9358 } 9359 } 9360 9361 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9362 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9363 if (!VD) { 9364 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9365 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9366 return; 9367 } 9368 9369 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9370 9371 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9372 int Error = -1; 9373 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9374 case SC_None: 9375 break; 9376 case SC_Extern: 9377 Error = 0; 9378 break; 9379 case SC_Static: 9380 Error = 1; 9381 break; 9382 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9383 Error = 2; 9384 break; 9385 case SC_Auto: 9386 Error = 3; 9387 break; 9388 case SC_Register: 9389 Error = 4; 9390 break; 9391 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9392 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9393 } 9394 if (Error != -1) { 9395 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9396 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9397 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9398 } 9399 } 9400 9401 StmtResult 9402 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9403 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9404 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9405 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9406 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9407 // A range-based for statement of the form 9408 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9409 // is equivalent to 9410 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9411 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9412 9413 const char *PrevSpec; 9414 unsigned DiagID; 9415 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9416 getPrintingPolicy()); 9417 9418 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9419 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9420 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9421 9422 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9423 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9424 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9425 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9426 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9427 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9428 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9429 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9430 } 9431 9432 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9433 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9434 9435 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9436 // local retaining variable. 9437 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9438 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9439 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9440 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9441 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9442 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9443 break; 9444 9445 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9446 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9447 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9448 break; 9449 } 9450 } 9451 9452 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9453 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9454 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9455 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9456 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9457 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9458 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9459 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9460 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9461 var->getLocation())) { 9462 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9463 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9464 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9465 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9466 9467 if (!prev) 9468 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9469 } 9470 9471 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9472 const Expr *Culprit; 9473 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9474 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9475 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9476 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9477 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9478 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9479 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9480 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9481 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9482 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9483 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9484 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9485 // initialization. 9486 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9487 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9488 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9489 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9490 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9491 } 9492 9493 } 9494 9495 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9496 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9497 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9498 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9499 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9500 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9501 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9502 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9503 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9504 } else { 9505 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9506 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9507 } 9508 if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue) 9509 var->addAttr( 9510 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9511 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), 9512 Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9513 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9514 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9515 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9516 9517 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9518 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9519 // attribute. 9520 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9521 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9522 CurInitSegLoc)); 9523 } 9524 9525 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9526 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9527 9528 QualType type = var->getType(); 9529 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9530 9531 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9532 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9533 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9534 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9535 9536 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9537 // constructing this copy. 9538 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9539 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9540 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9541 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9542 ExprResult result 9543 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9544 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9545 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9546 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9547 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9548 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9549 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9550 } 9551 } 9552 } 9553 9554 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9555 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9556 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9557 9558 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9559 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9560 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9561 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9562 var->getLocation())) { 9563 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9564 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9565 // warned about them. 9566 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9567 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9568 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9569 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9570 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9571 } 9572 9573 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9574 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9575 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9576 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9577 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9578 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9579 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9580 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9581 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9582 Notes.clear(); 9583 } 9584 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9585 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9586 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9587 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9588 } 9589 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9590 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9591 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9592 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9593 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9594 } 9595 } 9596 9597 // Require the destructor. 9598 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9599 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9600 } 9601 9602 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9603 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9604 void 9605 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9606 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9607 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9608 9609 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9610 if (!VD) 9611 return; 9612 9613 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9614 9615 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9616 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9617 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9618 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9619 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9620 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9621 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9622 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9623 } 9624 } 9625 } 9626 9627 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 9628 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 9629 9630 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9631 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 9632 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9633 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9634 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9635 // with a warning. 9636 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9637 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9638 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9639 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9640 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9641 9642 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9643 IsClassTemplateMember 9644 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9645 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9646 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9647 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9648 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9649 } 9650 } 9651 9652 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 9653 // isn't exported with the variable. 9654 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 9655 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 9656 << DLLAttr; 9657 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9658 } 9659 9660 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9661 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9662 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9663 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9664 } 9665 } 9666 9667 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9668 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9669 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9670 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9671 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9672 9673 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9674 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9675 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9676 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9677 9678 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9679 // tag values. 9680 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9681 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9682 return; 9683 9684 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9685 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9686 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9687 continue; 9688 } 9689 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9690 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9691 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9692 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9693 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9694 continue; 9695 } 9696 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9697 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9698 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9699 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9700 continue; 9701 } 9702 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9703 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9704 MagicValue, 9705 I->getMatchingCType(), 9706 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9707 I->getMustBeNull()); 9708 } 9709 } 9710 9711 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9712 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9713 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9714 9715 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9716 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9717 9718 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 9719 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9720 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9721 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9722 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9723 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9724 Decls.push_back(D); 9725 } 9726 9727 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9728 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9729 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 9730 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9731 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9732 } 9733 } 9734 9735 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9736 } 9737 9738 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9739 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9740 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9741 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9742 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9743 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9744 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9745 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9746 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9747 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9748 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9749 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9750 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9751 QualType Deduced; 9752 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9753 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 9754 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9755 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9756 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9757 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9758 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9759 break; 9760 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9761 if (!U.isNull()) { 9762 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9763 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9764 Deduced = U; 9765 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9766 DeducedDecl = D; 9767 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9768 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9769 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9770 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9771 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9772 << U << D->getDeclName() 9773 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9774 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9775 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9776 break; 9777 } 9778 } 9779 } 9780 } 9781 } 9782 9783 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9784 9785 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9786 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9787 } 9788 9789 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9790 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9791 } 9792 9793 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9794 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9795 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9796 return; 9797 9798 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation())) 9799 return; 9800 9801 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9802 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9803 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9804 // additional declaration references: 9805 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9806 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9807 // 'struct S *pS;' 9808 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9809 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9810 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9811 Group = Group.slice(1); 9812 } 9813 } 9814 9815 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9816 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9817 if (!Comments.empty() && 9818 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9819 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9820 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9821 // 9822 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9823 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9824 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9825 // ahead through comments. 9826 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9827 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9828 } 9829 } 9830 9831 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9832 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9833 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9834 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9835 9836 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9837 9838 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9839 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 9840 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9841 SC = SC_Register; 9842 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9843 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9844 SC = SC_Auto; 9845 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9846 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9847 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9848 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9849 } 9850 9851 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9852 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9853 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9854 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9855 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9856 << 0; 9857 9858 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9859 9860 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9861 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9862 9863 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9864 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9865 // parameter. 9866 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9867 9868 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9869 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9870 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9871 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9872 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9873 } 9874 } 9875 9876 // Ensure we have a valid name 9877 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 9878 if (D.hasName()) { 9879 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9880 if (!II) { 9881 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9882 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 9883 D.setInvalidType(true); 9884 } 9885 } 9886 9887 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9888 if (II) { 9889 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9890 ForRedeclaration); 9891 LookupName(R, S); 9892 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9893 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9894 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9895 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9896 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9897 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9898 PrevDecl = nullptr; 9899 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9900 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9901 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9902 9903 // Recover by removing the name 9904 II = nullptr; 9905 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9906 D.setInvalidType(true); 9907 } 9908 } 9909 } 9910 9911 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9912 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9913 // looking like class members in C++. 9914 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9915 D.getLocStart(), 9916 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 9917 parmDeclType, TInfo, 9918 SC); 9919 9920 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9921 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9922 9923 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 9924 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 9925 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 9926 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 9927 9928 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 9929 S->AddDecl(New); 9930 if (II) 9931 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 9932 9933 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 9934 9935 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9936 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9937 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 9938 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9939 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9940 9941 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9942 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 9943 } 9944 return New; 9945 } 9946 9947 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 9948 /// typedef. 9949 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 9950 SourceLocation Loc, 9951 QualType T) { 9952 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 9953 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 9954 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 9955 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 9956 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 9957 SC_None, nullptr); 9958 Param->setImplicit(); 9959 return Param; 9960 } 9961 9962 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9963 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 9964 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 9965 // will already have done so in the template itself. 9966 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 9967 return; 9968 9969 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9970 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9971 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9972 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9973 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9974 } 9975 } 9976 } 9977 9978 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9979 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9980 QualType ReturnTy, 9981 NamedDecl *D) { 9982 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9983 return; 9984 9985 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9986 // threshold. 9987 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9988 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9989 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9990 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9991 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9992 } 9993 9994 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9995 // threshold. 9996 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9997 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9998 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9999 continue; 10000 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10001 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10002 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10003 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10004 } 10005 } 10006 10007 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10008 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10009 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10010 StorageClass SC) { 10011 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10012 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10013 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10014 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10015 10016 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10017 10018 // Special cases for arrays: 10019 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10020 // - otherwise, it's an error 10021 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10022 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10023 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10024 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10025 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10026 } 10027 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10028 } else { 10029 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10030 } 10031 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10032 } 10033 10034 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10035 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10036 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10037 10038 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10039 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10040 // the class has been completely parsed. 10041 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10042 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10043 AbstractParamType)) 10044 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10045 10046 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10047 // passed by reference. 10048 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10049 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10050 Diag(NameLoc, 10051 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10052 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10053 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10054 New->setType(T); 10055 } 10056 10057 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10058 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10059 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10060 // an address space. 10061 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10062 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10063 // to be qualified with an address space. 10064 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10065 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10066 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10067 } 10068 } 10069 10070 return New; 10071 } 10072 10073 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10074 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10075 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10076 10077 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10078 // for a K&R function. 10079 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10080 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10081 --i; 10082 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10083 SmallString<256> Code; 10084 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10085 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10086 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10087 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10088 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 10089 10090 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10091 // type. 10092 AttributeFactory attrs; 10093 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10094 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10095 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10096 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10097 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10098 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10099 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10100 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10101 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10102 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10103 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10104 } 10105 } 10106 } 10107 } 10108 10109 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 10110 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10111 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10112 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10113 10114 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10115 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 10116 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 10117 } 10118 10119 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10120 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10121 } 10122 10123 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10124 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10125 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10126 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10127 return false; 10128 10129 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10130 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10131 return false; 10132 10133 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10134 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10135 return false; 10136 10137 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10138 if (FD->isMain()) 10139 return false; 10140 10141 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10142 if (FD->isInlined()) 10143 return false; 10144 10145 // Don't warn about function templates. 10146 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10147 return false; 10148 10149 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10150 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10151 return false; 10152 10153 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10154 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10155 return false; 10156 10157 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10158 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10159 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10160 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10161 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10162 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10163 continue; 10164 10165 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10166 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10167 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10168 break; 10169 } 10170 10171 return MissingPrototype; 10172 } 10173 10174 void 10175 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10176 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 10177 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10178 // was an extern inline function. 10179 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10180 if (!Definition) 10181 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10182 return; 10183 10184 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10185 return; 10186 10187 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10188 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10189 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10190 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10191 else 10192 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10193 10194 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10195 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10196 } 10197 10198 10199 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10200 Sema &S) { 10201 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10202 10203 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10204 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10205 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10206 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10207 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10208 10209 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10210 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10211 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10212 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10213 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10214 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10215 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10216 10217 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10218 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10219 10220 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10221 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10222 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10223 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10224 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10225 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10226 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10227 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10228 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10229 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10230 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10231 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10232 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10233 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10234 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10235 10236 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10237 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10238 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10239 } else { 10240 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10241 } 10242 ++I; 10243 } 10244 } 10245 10246 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 10247 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10248 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10249 10250 if (!D) 10251 return D; 10252 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10253 10254 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10255 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10256 else 10257 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10258 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10259 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10260 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10261 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10262 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10263 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10264 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10265 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10266 // have the LSI properly restored. 10267 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10268 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10269 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10270 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10271 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10272 } 10273 else 10274 // Enter a new function scope 10275 PushFunctionScope(); 10276 10277 // See if this is a redefinition. 10278 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 10279 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 10280 10281 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10282 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10283 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10284 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10285 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10286 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10287 } 10288 } 10289 10290 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10291 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10292 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10293 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10294 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10295 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10296 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10297 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10298 10299 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10300 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10301 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10302 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10303 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10304 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10305 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10306 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10307 10308 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10309 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10310 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10311 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10312 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10313 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10314 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10315 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10316 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10317 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10318 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10319 } 10320 } 10321 } 10322 10323 if (FnBodyScope) 10324 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10325 10326 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10327 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10328 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10329 10330 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10331 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10332 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10333 10334 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10335 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10336 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10337 10338 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10339 } 10340 } 10341 10342 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10343 // introduce them into the function scope. 10344 if (FnBodyScope) { 10345 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10346 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10347 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10348 I != E; ++I) { 10349 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10350 10351 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 10352 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 10353 // and reattach to the current context. 10354 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10355 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10356 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10357 if (DI == D) { 10358 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10359 break; 10360 } 10361 } 10362 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10363 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10364 } 10365 10366 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10367 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10368 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10369 10370 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10371 // accessible in this scope. 10372 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10373 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10374 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10375 } 10376 } 10377 } 10378 10379 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10380 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10381 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10382 10383 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10384 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10385 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10386 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10387 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10388 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10389 return D; 10390 } 10391 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10392 // a function template). 10393 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10394 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10395 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10396 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10397 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10398 10399 return D; 10400 } 10401 10402 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10403 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10404 /// optimization. 10405 /// 10406 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10407 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10408 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10409 /// use the named return value optimization. 10410 /// 10411 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10412 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10413 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10414 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10415 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10416 10417 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10418 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10419 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10420 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10421 } 10422 } 10423 } 10424 10425 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10426 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10427 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10428 return false; 10429 10430 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10431 // return type (yet). 10432 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10433 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10434 // we can still delay parsing it. 10435 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10436 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10437 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10438 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10439 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10440 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10441 } 10442 } 10443 return false; 10444 } 10445 10446 return true; 10447 } 10448 10449 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10450 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10451 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10452 // rest of the file. 10453 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10454 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10455 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10456 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10457 return false; 10458 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10459 } 10460 10461 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10462 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10463 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10464 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10465 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10466 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10467 } 10468 10469 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10470 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10471 } 10472 10473 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10474 bool IsInstantiation) { 10475 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10476 10477 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10478 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10479 10480 if (FD) { 10481 FD->setBody(Body); 10482 10483 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10484 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10485 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10486 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10487 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10488 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10489 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10490 << FD->getReturnType(); 10491 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10492 } else { 10493 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10494 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10495 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10496 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10497 } 10498 } 10499 10500 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10501 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10502 // is the first declaration. 10503 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10504 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10505 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10506 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10507 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 10508 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10509 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10510 } 10511 10512 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10513 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10514 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10515 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10516 10517 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10518 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10519 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10520 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10521 10522 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10523 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10524 if (Body) 10525 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10526 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10527 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10528 10529 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 10530 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10531 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10532 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 10533 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 10534 10535 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10536 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10537 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10538 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10539 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10540 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10541 } 10542 10543 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 10544 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 10545 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 10546 MD->isVirtual() && 10547 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 10548 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 10549 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 10550 if (FD->isInlined() && 10551 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 10552 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 10553 10554 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 10555 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 10556 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 10557 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 10558 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 10559 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10560 } else { 10561 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 10562 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10563 } 10564 } 10565 } 10566 10567 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10568 "Function parsing confused"); 10569 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10570 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10571 MD->setBody(Body); 10572 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10573 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10574 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10575 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10576 10577 if (Body) 10578 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10579 } 10580 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10581 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10582 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10583 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10584 } 10585 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10586 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10587 bool isDesignated = 10588 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10589 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10590 (void)isDesignated; 10591 10592 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10593 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10594 if (!IFace) 10595 return false; 10596 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10597 if (!SuperD) 10598 return false; 10599 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10600 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10601 }; 10602 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10603 // of NSObject. 10604 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10605 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10606 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10607 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10608 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10609 } 10610 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10611 } 10612 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10613 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10614 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10615 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10616 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10617 } 10618 } else { 10619 return nullptr; 10620 } 10621 10622 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10623 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10624 "handled in the block above."); 10625 10626 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10627 if (Body) { 10628 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10629 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10630 // Verify this. 10631 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10632 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10633 10634 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10635 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10636 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10637 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10638 10639 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10640 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10641 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10642 10643 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10644 Destructor->getParent()); 10645 } 10646 10647 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10648 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10649 // deletion in some later function. 10650 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10651 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10652 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10653 } 10654 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10655 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10656 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10657 // enabled. 10658 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10659 } 10660 10661 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10662 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10663 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10664 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10665 10666 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 10667 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 10668 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 10669 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 10670 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10671 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10672 break; 10673 } 10674 } 10675 } 10676 10677 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects 10678 && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10679 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10680 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10681 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10682 } 10683 10684 if (!IsInstantiation) 10685 PopDeclContext(); 10686 10687 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10688 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10689 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10690 // deletion in some later function. 10691 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 10692 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10693 } 10694 10695 return dcl; 10696 } 10697 10698 10699 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 10700 /// relevant Decl. 10701 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 10702 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 10703 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 10704 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 10705 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 10706 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 10707 10708 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 10709 if (Method->isStatic()) 10710 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 10711 } 10712 10713 10714 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 10715 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 10716 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 10717 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 10718 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 10719 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 10720 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 10721 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 10722 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 10723 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 10724 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10725 return ExternCPrev; 10726 } 10727 10728 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 10729 unsigned diag_id; 10730 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 10731 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 10732 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 10733 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 10734 else 10735 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 10736 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 10737 10738 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 10739 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 10740 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 10741 TypoCorrection Corrected; 10742 if (S && 10743 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 10744 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 10745 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 10746 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 10747 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 10748 } 10749 10750 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 10751 const char *Dummy; 10752 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 10753 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 10754 unsigned DiagID; 10755 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 10756 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10757 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 10758 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 10759 SourceLocation NoLoc; 10760 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 10761 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 10762 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 10763 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10764 /*Params=*/nullptr, 10765 /*NumParams=*/0, 10766 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 10767 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10768 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 10769 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 10770 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10771 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10772 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10773 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10774 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 10775 EST_None, 10776 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 10777 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 10778 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 10779 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 10780 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 10781 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 10782 Loc, Loc, D), 10783 DS.getAttributes(), 10784 SourceLocation()); 10785 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 10786 10787 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 10788 10789 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 10790 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10791 10792 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 10793 FD->setImplicit(); 10794 10795 CurContext = PrevDC; 10796 10797 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 10798 10799 return FD; 10800 } 10801 10802 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 10803 /// the declaration of this function. 10804 /// 10805 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 10806 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 10807 /// like NSLog or printf. 10808 /// 10809 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 10810 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 10811 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10812 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10813 return; 10814 10815 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 10816 // actual attributes. 10817 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10818 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 10819 unsigned FormatIdx; 10820 bool HasVAListArg; 10821 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 10822 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 10823 const char *fmt = "printf"; 10824 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 10825 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 10826 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10827 fmt = "NSString"; 10828 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10829 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 10830 FormatIdx+1, 10831 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10832 FD->getLocation())); 10833 } 10834 } 10835 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 10836 HasVAListArg)) { 10837 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10838 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10839 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 10840 FormatIdx+1, 10841 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10842 FD->getLocation())); 10843 } 10844 10845 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 10846 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 10847 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 10848 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 10849 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 10850 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10851 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10852 } 10853 10854 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 10855 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 10856 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10857 FD->getLocation())); 10858 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 10859 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10860 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10861 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10862 } 10863 10864 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 10865 if (!Name) 10866 return; 10867 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10868 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 10869 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 10870 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 10871 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 10872 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 10873 // about. 10874 } else 10875 return; 10876 10877 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10878 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10879 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10880 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10881 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10882 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10883 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 10884 FD->getLocation())); 10885 } 10886 10887 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10888 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10889 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10890 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10891 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 10892 FD->getLocation())); 10893 } 10894 } 10895 10896 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10897 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10898 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 10899 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 10900 10901 if (!TInfo) { 10902 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 10903 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 10904 } 10905 10906 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 10907 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10908 D.getLocStart(), 10909 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 10910 D.getIdentifier(), 10911 TInfo); 10912 10913 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 10914 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 10915 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 10916 return NewTD; 10917 } 10918 10919 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 10920 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10921 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10922 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 10923 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10924 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10925 else 10926 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 10927 } 10928 10929 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 10930 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 10931 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 10932 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 10933 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 10934 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 10935 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 10936 case TST_enum: 10937 case TST_struct: 10938 case TST_interface: 10939 case TST_union: 10940 case TST_class: { 10941 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 10942 10943 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 10944 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 10945 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 10946 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 10947 10948 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 10949 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 10950 10951 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 10952 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 10953 break; 10954 10955 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 10956 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 10957 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 10958 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 10959 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 10960 // for how to handle it. 10961 if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 10962 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 10963 10964 SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(); 10965 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 10966 10967 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 10968 textToInsert += ' '; 10969 textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName(); 10970 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 10971 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 10972 break; 10973 } 10974 10975 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 10976 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 10977 break; 10978 } 10979 10980 default: 10981 break; 10982 } 10983 10984 return NewTD; 10985 } 10986 10987 10988 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 10989 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 10990 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10991 QualType T = TI->getType(); 10992 10993 if (T->isDependentType()) 10994 return false; 10995 10996 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 10997 if (BT->isInteger()) 10998 return false; 10999 11000 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11001 return true; 11002 } 11003 11004 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11005 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11006 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 11007 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11008 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11009 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11010 11011 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11012 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11013 << Prev->isScoped(); 11014 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11015 return true; 11016 } 11017 11018 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11019 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11020 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11021 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11022 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11023 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11024 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11025 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11026 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11027 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11028 return true; 11029 } 11030 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11031 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11032 << Prev->isFixed(); 11033 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11034 return true; 11035 } 11036 11037 return false; 11038 } 11039 11040 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11041 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11042 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11043 /// 11044 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11045 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11046 switch (Tag) { 11047 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11048 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11049 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11050 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11051 } 11052 } 11053 11054 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11055 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11056 /// 11057 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11058 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11059 { 11060 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11061 } 11062 11063 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11064 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11065 /// 11066 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11067 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11068 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11069 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11070 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 11071 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11072 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11073 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11074 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11075 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11076 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11077 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11078 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11079 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11080 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11081 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11082 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11083 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11084 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11085 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11086 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11087 return true; 11088 11089 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11090 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11091 bool isTemplate = false; 11092 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11093 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11094 11095 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11096 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11097 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11098 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11099 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11100 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11101 return true; 11102 } 11103 11104 if (isDefinition) { 11105 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11106 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11107 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11108 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11109 return true; 11110 } 11111 11112 bool previousMismatch = false; 11113 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11114 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11115 if (!previousMismatch) { 11116 previousMismatch = true; 11117 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11118 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11119 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11120 } 11121 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11122 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11123 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11124 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11125 } 11126 } 11127 return true; 11128 } 11129 11130 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11131 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11132 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11133 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11134 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11135 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11136 return true; 11137 } 11138 11139 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11140 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11141 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11142 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11143 11144 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11145 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11146 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11147 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11148 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11149 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11150 } 11151 11152 return true; 11153 } 11154 return false; 11155 } 11156 11157 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11158 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11159 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11160 /// namespace N { 11161 /// struct X; 11162 /// namespace M { 11163 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11164 /// } 11165 /// } 11166 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11167 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11168 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11169 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11170 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11171 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11172 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11173 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11174 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11175 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11176 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11177 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11178 return FixItHint(); 11179 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11180 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11181 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11182 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11183 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11184 break; 11185 } 11186 11187 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11188 // build an NNS. 11189 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11190 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11191 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11192 OS << "::"; 11193 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11194 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11195 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11196 OS.flush(); 11197 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11198 } 11199 11200 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11201 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11202 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11203 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11204 /// 11205 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or 11206 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11207 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11208 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11209 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11210 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11211 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11212 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11213 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11214 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11215 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11216 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11217 bool IsTypeSpecifier) { 11218 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11219 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11220 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11221 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11222 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11223 11224 OwnedDecl = false; 11225 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11226 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11227 11228 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11229 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11230 bool Invalid = false; 11231 11232 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11233 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11234 // for non-C++ cases. 11235 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11236 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11237 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11238 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11239 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11240 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11241 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11242 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11243 return nullptr; 11244 } 11245 11246 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11247 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11248 // be a member of another template). 11249 11250 if (Invalid) 11251 return nullptr; 11252 11253 OwnedDecl = false; 11254 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11255 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11256 TemplateParams, AS, 11257 ModulePrivateLoc, 11258 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11259 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11260 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11261 return Result.get(); 11262 } else { 11263 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11264 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11265 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11266 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11267 } 11268 } 11269 } 11270 11271 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11272 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11273 // redeclaration. 11274 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11275 11276 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11277 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11278 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11279 // type, default to int. 11280 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11281 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11282 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11283 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11284 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11285 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11286 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11287 11288 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11289 // Recover by falling back to int. 11290 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11291 11292 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11293 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11294 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11295 11296 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11297 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11298 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11299 } 11300 11301 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11302 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11303 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11304 11305 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11306 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11307 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11308 11309 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11310 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11311 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11312 11313 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11314 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11315 Name = nullptr; 11316 goto CreateNewDecl; 11317 } 11318 11319 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11320 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11321 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11322 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11323 if (!DC) { 11324 IsDependent = true; 11325 return nullptr; 11326 } 11327 } else { 11328 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11329 if (!DC) { 11330 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11331 << SS.getRange(); 11332 return nullptr; 11333 } 11334 } 11335 11336 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11337 return nullptr; 11338 11339 SearchDC = DC; 11340 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11341 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11342 11343 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11344 return nullptr; 11345 11346 if (Previous.empty()) { 11347 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11348 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11349 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11350 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11351 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11352 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11353 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11354 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11355 IsDependent = true; 11356 return nullptr; 11357 } 11358 11359 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11360 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11361 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11362 Name = nullptr; 11363 Invalid = true; 11364 goto CreateNewDecl; 11365 } 11366 } else if (Name) { 11367 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11368 // declaration or definition. 11369 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11370 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11371 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11372 LookupName(Previous, S); 11373 11374 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11375 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11376 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11377 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11378 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11379 while (F.hasNext()) { 11380 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11381 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11382 F.erase(); 11383 } 11384 F.done(); 11385 } 11386 11387 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11388 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11389 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11390 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11391 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11392 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11393 // 11394 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11395 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11396 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11397 // 11398 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11399 // semantic context? 11400 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11401 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11402 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11403 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11404 while (F.hasNext()) { 11405 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11406 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11407 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11408 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11409 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11410 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11411 else 11412 F.erase(); 11413 } 11414 } 11415 F.done(); 11416 11417 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11418 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11419 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11420 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11421 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11422 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11423 } 11424 } 11425 11426 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11427 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11428 return nullptr; 11429 11430 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11431 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11432 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11433 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11434 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11435 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11436 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11437 } 11438 } 11439 11440 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11441 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11442 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11443 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11444 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11445 Previous.clear(); 11446 } 11447 11448 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11449 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11450 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11451 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11452 11453 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11454 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11455 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11456 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11457 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11458 } 11459 } 11460 11461 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11462 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11463 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11464 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11465 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11466 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11467 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11468 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11469 11470 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11471 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11472 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11473 // 11474 // class-key identifier 11475 // 11476 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11477 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11478 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11479 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11480 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11481 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11482 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11483 // declaration. 11484 // 11485 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11486 // C structs and unions. 11487 // 11488 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11489 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11490 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11491 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11492 // 11493 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11494 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11495 // 11496 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11497 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11498 // lexical context, 11499 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11500 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11501 11502 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11503 while (S->isClassScope() || 11504 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11505 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11506 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11507 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11508 S = S->getParent(); 11509 } else { 11510 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11511 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11512 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11513 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11514 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11515 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11516 } 11517 11518 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11519 // diagnose some problems. 11520 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11521 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11522 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11523 } 11524 } 11525 11526 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11527 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11528 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = 11529 getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl; 11530 11531 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11532 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11533 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11534 // in C++. 11535 // 11536 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11537 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11538 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11539 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11540 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11541 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11542 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11543 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11544 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11545 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11546 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11547 PrevDecl = Tag; 11548 Previous.clear(); 11549 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11550 Previous.resolveKind(); 11551 } 11552 } 11553 } 11554 } 11555 11556 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11557 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11558 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11559 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11560 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11561 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11562 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11563 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11564 // struct or something similar. 11565 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11566 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11567 *Name)) { 11568 bool SafeToContinue 11569 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11570 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11571 if (SafeToContinue) 11572 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11573 << Name 11574 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11575 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11576 else 11577 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11578 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11579 11580 if (SafeToContinue) 11581 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11582 else { 11583 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11584 Name = nullptr; 11585 Previous.clear(); 11586 Invalid = true; 11587 } 11588 } 11589 11590 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11591 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11592 11593 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11594 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11595 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11596 if (ScopedEnum) 11597 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11598 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11599 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11600 return PrevTagDecl; 11601 } 11602 11603 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11604 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11605 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11606 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11607 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11608 11609 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11610 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11611 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11612 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11613 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11614 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11615 } 11616 11617 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11618 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11619 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11620 // and then later defined. 11621 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11622 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11623 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11624 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11625 } 11626 11627 if (!Invalid) { 11628 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11629 // we have attributes. 11630 11631 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11632 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11633 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11634 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11635 if (!Attr && 11636 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11637 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11638 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11639 return PrevTagDecl; 11640 11641 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11642 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11643 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11644 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11645 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11646 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11647 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11648 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11649 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11650 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11651 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11652 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11653 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 11654 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11655 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11656 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11657 } 11658 11659 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 11660 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 11661 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 11662 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 11663 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 11664 else 11665 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 11666 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11667 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 11668 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 11669 // references get the previous definition. 11670 Name = nullptr; 11671 Previous.clear(); 11672 Invalid = true; 11673 } 11674 } else { 11675 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 11676 // about a nested redefinition. 11677 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 11678 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 11679 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 11680 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 11681 diag::note_previous_definition); 11682 Name = nullptr; 11683 Previous.clear(); 11684 Invalid = true; 11685 } 11686 } 11687 11688 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 11689 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 11690 } 11691 11692 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 11693 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 11694 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 11695 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11696 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 11697 AS = AS_none; 11698 } 11699 } 11700 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 11701 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 11702 11703 } else { 11704 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 11705 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 11706 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 11707 // have distinct types. 11708 Previous.clear(); 11709 } 11710 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 11711 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 11712 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 11713 11714 11715 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 11716 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 11717 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 11718 } else { 11719 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 11720 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 11721 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 11722 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 11723 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 11724 unsigned Kind = 0; 11725 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11726 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11727 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11728 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 11729 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 11730 Invalid = true; 11731 11732 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 11733 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11734 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11735 // do nothing 11736 11737 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 11738 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11739 unsigned Kind = 0; 11740 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11741 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11742 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11743 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 11744 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11745 Invalid = true; 11746 11747 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 11748 // case here. 11749 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11750 unsigned Kind = 0; 11751 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11752 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 11753 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 11754 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11755 Invalid = true; 11756 11757 // Otherwise, diagnose. 11758 } else { 11759 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 11760 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 11761 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 11762 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11763 Name = nullptr; 11764 Invalid = true; 11765 } 11766 11767 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 11768 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 11769 Previous.clear(); 11770 } 11771 } 11772 11773 CreateNewDecl: 11774 11775 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11776 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 11777 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11778 11779 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 11780 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 11781 // keyword. 11782 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 11783 11784 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 11785 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 11786 // PrevDecl. 11787 TagDecl *New; 11788 11789 bool IsForwardReference = false; 11790 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11791 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11792 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 11793 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11794 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 11795 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 11796 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 11797 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 11798 TagDecl *Def; 11799 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 11800 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 11801 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 11802 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 11803 } 11804 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 11805 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 11806 << New; 11807 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11808 } else { 11809 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 11810 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11811 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 11812 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11813 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 11814 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 11815 11816 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 11817 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 11818 // the declaration context. 11819 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 11820 IsForwardReference = true; 11821 } 11822 } 11823 11824 if (EnumUnderlying) { 11825 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 11826 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11827 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 11828 else 11829 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 11830 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 11831 } 11832 11833 } else { 11834 // struct/union/class 11835 11836 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11837 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 11838 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11839 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 11840 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11841 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11842 11843 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 11844 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 11845 } else 11846 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11847 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11848 } 11849 11850 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 11851 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 11852 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11853 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 11854 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11855 Invalid = true; 11856 } 11857 11858 // Maybe add qualifier info. 11859 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11860 if (SS.isSet()) { 11861 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 11862 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 11863 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 11864 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 11865 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 11866 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 11867 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 11868 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 11869 Invalid = true; 11870 11871 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 11872 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 11873 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 11874 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 11875 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11876 } 11877 } 11878 else 11879 Invalid = true; 11880 } 11881 11882 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 11883 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 11884 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 11885 // 11886 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 11887 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 11888 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 11889 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 11890 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 11891 // parsing of the struct). 11892 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11893 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 11894 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 11895 } 11896 } 11897 11898 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 11899 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 11900 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 11901 << 2 11902 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 11903 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 11904 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 11905 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 11906 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11907 New->setModulePrivate(); 11908 } 11909 11910 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 11911 // check the specialization. 11912 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 11913 Invalid = true; 11914 11915 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 11916 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 11917 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 11918 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 11919 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 11920 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11921 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 11922 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 11923 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 11924 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 11925 << Name; 11926 Invalid = true; 11927 } 11928 } else { 11929 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11930 } 11931 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 11932 } 11933 11934 if (Invalid) 11935 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11936 11937 if (Attr) 11938 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11939 11940 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 11941 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 11942 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11943 11944 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 11945 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 11946 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 11947 // the tag name visible. 11948 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 11949 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 11950 11951 // Set the access specifier. 11952 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 11953 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 11954 11955 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 11956 New->startDefinition(); 11957 11958 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11959 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11960 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 11961 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 11962 if (PrevDecl) 11963 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 11964 11965 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11966 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11967 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 11968 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 11969 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 11970 } else if (Name) { 11971 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11972 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 11973 if (IsForwardReference) 11974 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11975 11976 } else { 11977 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11978 } 11979 11980 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 11981 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 11982 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 11983 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 11984 II->isStr("FILE")) 11985 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 11986 11987 if (PrevDecl) 11988 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 11989 11990 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11991 // record. 11992 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 11993 11994 OwnedDecl = true; 11995 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 11996 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 11997 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 11998 } 11999 12000 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12001 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12002 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12003 12004 // Enter the tag context. 12005 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12006 12007 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12008 12009 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12010 // record. 12011 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12012 } 12013 12014 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12015 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12016 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12017 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12018 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12019 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12020 CurContext = OCD; 12021 return IDecl; 12022 } 12023 12024 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12025 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12026 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12027 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12028 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12029 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12030 12031 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12032 12033 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12034 return; 12035 12036 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12037 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12038 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12039 12040 // C++ [class]p2: 12041 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12042 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12043 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12044 // as if it were a public member name. 12045 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12046 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12047 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12048 Record->getIdentifier(), 12049 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12050 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12051 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12052 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12053 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12054 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12055 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12056 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12057 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12058 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12059 } 12060 12061 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12062 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12063 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12064 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12065 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12066 12067 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12068 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12069 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12070 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12071 RD->completeDefinition(); 12072 } 12073 12074 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12075 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12076 12077 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12078 PopDeclContext(); 12079 12080 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12081 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12082 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12083 12084 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12085 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12086 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12087 } 12088 12089 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12090 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12091 PopDeclContext(); 12092 } 12093 12094 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12095 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12096 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12097 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12098 } 12099 12100 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12101 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12102 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12103 } 12104 12105 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12106 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12107 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12108 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12109 12110 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12111 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12112 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12113 RD->completeDefinition(); 12114 } 12115 12116 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12117 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12118 // the FieldCollector. 12119 12120 PopDeclContext(); 12121 } 12122 12123 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12124 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12125 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12126 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12127 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12128 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12129 if (ZeroWidth) 12130 *ZeroWidth = true; 12131 12132 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12133 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12134 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12135 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12136 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12137 return ExprError(); 12138 if (FieldName) 12139 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12140 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12141 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12142 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12143 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12144 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12145 return ExprError(); 12146 12147 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12148 // it now. 12149 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12150 return BitWidth; 12151 12152 llvm::APSInt Value; 12153 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12154 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12155 return ICE; 12156 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12157 12158 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12159 *ZeroWidth = false; 12160 12161 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12162 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12163 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12164 12165 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12166 if (FieldName) 12167 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12168 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12169 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12170 << Value.toString(10); 12171 } 12172 12173 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12174 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12175 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 12176 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 12177 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12178 if (FieldName) 12179 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12180 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12181 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12182 12183 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12184 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12185 } 12186 12187 if (FieldName) 12188 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12189 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12190 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12191 else 12192 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12193 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12194 } 12195 } 12196 12197 return BitWidth; 12198 } 12199 12200 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12201 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12202 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12203 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12204 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12205 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12206 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12207 return Res; 12208 } 12209 12210 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12211 /// 12212 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12213 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12214 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12215 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12216 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12217 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12218 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12219 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12220 12221 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12222 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12223 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12224 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12225 12226 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12227 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12228 D.setInvalidType(); 12229 T = Context.IntTy; 12230 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12231 } 12232 } 12233 12234 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12235 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12236 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12237 D.setInvalidType(); 12238 } 12239 12240 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12241 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12242 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12243 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12244 D.setInvalidType(); 12245 } 12246 12247 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12248 12249 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12250 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12251 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12252 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12253 12254 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12255 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12256 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12257 LookupName(Previous, S); 12258 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12259 case LookupResult::Found: 12260 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12261 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12262 break; 12263 12264 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12265 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12266 break; 12267 12268 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12269 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12270 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12271 break; 12272 } 12273 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12274 12275 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12276 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12277 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12278 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12279 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12280 } 12281 12282 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12283 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12284 12285 bool Mutable 12286 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12287 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12288 FieldDecl *NewFD 12289 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12290 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12291 12292 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12293 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12294 12295 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12296 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12297 12298 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12299 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12300 // with the same name in the same scope. 12301 } else if (II) { 12302 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12303 } else 12304 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12305 12306 return NewFD; 12307 } 12308 12309 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12310 /// 12311 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12312 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12313 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12314 /// created. 12315 /// 12316 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12317 /// 12318 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12319 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12320 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12321 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12322 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12323 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12324 SourceLocation TSSL, 12325 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12326 Declarator *D) { 12327 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12328 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12329 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12330 12331 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12332 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12333 if (T.isNull()) { 12334 InvalidDecl = true; 12335 T = Context.IntTy; 12336 } 12337 12338 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12339 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12340 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12341 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12342 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12343 InvalidDecl = true; 12344 } else { 12345 NamedDecl *Def; 12346 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12347 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12348 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12349 InvalidDecl = true; 12350 } 12351 } 12352 } 12353 12354 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12355 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12356 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12357 InvalidDecl = true; 12358 } 12359 12360 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12361 // than a variably modified type. 12362 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12363 bool SizeIsNegative; 12364 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12365 12366 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12367 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12368 SizeIsNegative, 12369 Oversized); 12370 if (FixedTInfo) { 12371 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12372 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12373 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12374 } else { 12375 if (SizeIsNegative) 12376 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12377 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12378 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12379 << Oversized.toString(10); 12380 else 12381 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12382 InvalidDecl = true; 12383 } 12384 } 12385 12386 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12387 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12388 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12389 AbstractFieldType)) 12390 InvalidDecl = true; 12391 12392 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12393 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12394 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 12395 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12396 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12397 if (!BitWidth) { 12398 InvalidDecl = true; 12399 BitWidth = nullptr; 12400 ZeroWidth = false; 12401 } 12402 } 12403 12404 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12405 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12406 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12407 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12408 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 12409 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 12410 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12411 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12412 12413 if (DiagID) { 12414 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12415 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12416 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12417 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12418 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 12419 Mutable = false; 12420 InvalidDecl = true; 12421 } 12422 } 12423 } 12424 12425 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12426 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12427 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12428 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12429 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12430 12431 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12432 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12433 if (InvalidDecl) 12434 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12435 12436 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12437 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12438 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12439 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12440 } 12441 12442 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12443 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12444 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12445 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12446 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12447 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12448 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12449 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12450 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12451 // objects. 12452 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12453 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12454 } 12455 } 12456 12457 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12458 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12459 // enabled. 12460 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12461 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12462 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12463 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12464 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12465 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12466 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12467 } 12468 } 12469 } 12470 12471 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12472 // representation, not a parser representation. 12473 if (D) { 12474 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12475 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12476 12477 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12478 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12479 } 12480 12481 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12482 // retainable type. 12483 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12484 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12485 12486 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12487 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12488 12489 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12490 return NewFD; 12491 } 12492 12493 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12494 assert(FD); 12495 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12496 12497 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12498 return false; 12499 12500 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12501 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12502 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12503 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12504 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12505 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12506 // copy constructors. 12507 12508 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12509 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12510 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12511 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12512 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12513 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12514 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12515 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12516 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12517 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12518 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12519 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12520 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12521 member = CXXDestructor; 12522 12523 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12524 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12525 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12526 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12527 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12528 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12529 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12530 // members unavailable. 12531 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12532 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12533 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12534 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12535 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12536 Loc)); 12537 return false; 12538 } 12539 } 12540 12541 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12542 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12543 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12544 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12545 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12546 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12547 } 12548 } 12549 } 12550 12551 return false; 12552 } 12553 12554 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12555 /// AST enum value. 12556 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12557 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12558 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12559 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12560 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12561 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12562 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12563 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12564 } 12565 } 12566 12567 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12568 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12569 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12570 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12571 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12572 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12573 12574 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12575 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12576 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12577 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12578 12579 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12580 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12581 12582 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12583 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12584 12585 if (BitWidth) { 12586 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12587 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12588 if (!BitWidth) 12589 D.setInvalidType(); 12590 } else { 12591 // Not a bitfield. 12592 12593 // validate II. 12594 12595 } 12596 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12597 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12598 D.setInvalidType(); 12599 } 12600 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12601 // than a variably modified type. 12602 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12603 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12604 D.setInvalidType(); 12605 } 12606 12607 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12608 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12609 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12610 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12611 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12612 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12613 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12614 return nullptr; 12615 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12616 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12617 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12618 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12619 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12620 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12621 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12622 } 12623 else 12624 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12625 } else { 12626 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12627 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12628 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12629 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12630 return nullptr; 12631 } 12632 } 12633 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12634 } 12635 12636 // Construct the decl. 12637 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12638 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12639 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12640 12641 if (II) { 12642 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 12643 ForRedeclaration); 12644 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 12645 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12646 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12647 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12648 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12649 } 12650 } 12651 12652 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 12653 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 12654 12655 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12656 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12657 12658 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 12659 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 12660 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12661 12662 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12663 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 12664 12665 if (II) { 12666 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 12667 // these to the interface. 12668 S->AddDecl(NewID); 12669 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 12670 } 12671 12672 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 12673 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 12674 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 12675 12676 return NewID; 12677 } 12678 12679 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 12680 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 12681 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 12682 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 12683 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 12684 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 12685 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 12686 return; 12687 12688 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 12689 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 12690 12691 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 12692 return; 12693 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 12694 if (!ID) { 12695 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 12696 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 12697 return; 12698 } 12699 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 12700 else 12701 return; 12702 } 12703 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 12704 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 12705 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 12706 12707 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 12708 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 12709 Context.CharTy, 12710 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 12711 DeclLoc), 12712 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 12713 true); 12714 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 12715 } 12716 12717 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 12718 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 12719 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 12720 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 12721 12722 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 12723 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 12724 // it will now change. 12725 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12726 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12727 switch (DC->getKind()) { 12728 default: break; 12729 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 12730 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12731 break; 12732 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 12733 Context. 12734 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12735 break; 12736 } 12737 } 12738 12739 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12740 12741 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 12742 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 12743 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 12744 if (Record) { 12745 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 12746 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 12747 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 12748 ++NumNamedMembers; 12749 } 12750 } 12751 12752 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 12753 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 12754 12755 bool ARCErrReported = false; 12756 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 12757 i != end; ++i) { 12758 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 12759 12760 // Get the type for the field. 12761 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 12762 12763 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 12764 // Remember all fields written by the user. 12765 RecFields.push_back(FD); 12766 } 12767 12768 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 12769 // diagnostics about it. 12770 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12771 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12772 continue; 12773 } 12774 12775 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 12776 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 12777 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 12778 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 12779 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 12780 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 12781 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 12782 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 12783 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 12784 // array. 12785 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 12786 // Field declared as a function. 12787 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 12788 << FD->getDeclName(); 12789 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12790 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12791 continue; 12792 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 12793 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 12794 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 12795 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 12796 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 12797 // Flexible array member. 12798 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 12799 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 12800 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 12801 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12802 if (Record->isUnion()) 12803 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12804 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 12805 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12806 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 12807 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 12808 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 12809 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12810 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 12811 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12812 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 12813 : NumNamedMembers < 1 12814 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 12815 : 0; 12816 12817 if (DiagID) 12818 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 12819 << Record->getTagKind(); 12820 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 12821 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 12822 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 12823 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 12824 // of the type. 12825 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 12826 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 12827 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 12828 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12829 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 12830 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 12831 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12832 12833 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 12834 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 12835 // 12836 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 12837 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 12838 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12839 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 12840 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 12841 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12842 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12843 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12844 continue; 12845 } 12846 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 12847 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12848 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 12849 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12850 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12851 // Incomplete type 12852 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12853 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12854 continue; 12855 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12856 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 12857 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 12858 // flexible array member. 12859 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12860 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 12861 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 12862 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 12863 // structures. 12864 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 12865 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 12866 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12867 else { 12868 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 12869 // other structs as an extension. 12870 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 12871 << FD->getDeclName(); 12872 } 12873 } 12874 } 12875 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 12876 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12877 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12878 AbstractIvarType)) { 12879 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 12880 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12881 } 12882 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12883 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12884 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 12885 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12886 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 12887 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 12888 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 12889 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 12890 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 12891 FD->setType(T); 12892 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 12893 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 12894 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 12895 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 12896 // so we just make the field unavailable. 12897 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 12898 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 12899 QualType T = FD->getType(); 12900 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 12901 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 12902 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 12903 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 12904 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 12905 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12906 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12907 loc)); 12908 } 12909 } else { 12910 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 12911 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 12912 } 12913 ARCErrReported = true; 12914 } 12915 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 12916 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 12917 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 12918 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12919 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 12920 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12921 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 12922 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12923 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 12924 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12925 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12926 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12927 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 12928 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12929 } 12930 } 12931 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 12932 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12933 // Keep track of the number of named members. 12934 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 12935 ++NumNamedMembers; 12936 } 12937 12938 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 12939 if (Record) { 12940 bool Completed = false; 12941 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 12942 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 12943 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 12944 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 12945 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 12946 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 12947 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 12948 12949 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 12950 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 12951 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 12952 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12953 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 12954 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 12955 } 12956 12957 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 12958 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 12959 12960 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 12961 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 12962 // problem now. 12963 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 12964 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 12965 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 12966 12967 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 12968 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 12969 M != MEnd; ++M) { 12970 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 12971 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 12972 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 12973 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 12974 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 12975 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 12976 continue; 12977 12978 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 12979 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 12980 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 12981 // program is ill-formed. 12982 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 12983 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 12984 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 12985 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 12986 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 12987 OM = SO->second.begin(), 12988 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 12989 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 12990 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 12991 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 12992 12993 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12994 } 12995 } 12996 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 12997 Completed = true; 12998 } 12999 } 13000 } 13001 } 13002 13003 if (!Completed) 13004 Record->completeDefinition(); 13005 13006 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13007 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13008 13009 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13010 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13011 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13012 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13013 } 13014 13015 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13016 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13017 // compatibility problems. 13018 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13019 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13020 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13021 } else { 13022 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13023 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13024 CheckForZeroSize = 13025 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13026 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13027 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13028 } 13029 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13030 bool ZeroSize = true; 13031 bool IsEmpty = true; 13032 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13033 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13034 E = Record->field_end(); 13035 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13036 IsEmpty = false; 13037 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13038 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13039 ZeroSize = false; 13040 } else { 13041 ++NonBitFields; 13042 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13043 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13044 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13045 ZeroSize = false; 13046 } 13047 } 13048 13049 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13050 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13051 // extern "C" block. 13052 if (ZeroSize) { 13053 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13054 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13055 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13056 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13057 } 13058 13059 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13060 // but are accepted by GCC. 13061 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13062 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13063 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13064 << Record->isUnion(); 13065 } 13066 } 13067 } else { 13068 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13069 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13070 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13071 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13072 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13073 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13074 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13075 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13076 } 13077 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13078 // duplicates. 13079 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13080 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13081 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13082 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13083 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13084 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13085 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13086 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13087 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13088 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13089 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13090 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13091 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13092 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13093 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13094 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13095 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13096 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13097 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13098 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13099 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13100 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13101 if (IDecl) { 13102 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13103 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13104 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13105 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13106 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13107 continue; 13108 } 13109 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13110 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13111 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13112 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13113 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13114 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13115 continue; 13116 } 13117 } 13118 } 13119 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13120 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13121 } 13122 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13123 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13124 } 13125 } 13126 13127 if (Attr) 13128 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13129 } 13130 13131 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13132 /// the given type T. 13133 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13134 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13135 QualType T) { 13136 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13137 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13138 13139 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13140 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13141 --BitWidth; 13142 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13143 } 13144 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13145 } 13146 13147 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13148 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13149 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13150 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13151 // enum checking below. 13152 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13153 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13154 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13155 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13156 }; 13157 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13158 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13159 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13160 }; 13161 13162 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13163 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13164 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13165 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13166 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13167 return Types[I]; 13168 13169 return QualType(); 13170 } 13171 13172 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13173 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13174 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13175 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13176 Expr *Val) { 13177 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13178 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13179 QualType EltTy; 13180 13181 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13182 Val = nullptr; 13183 13184 if (Val) 13185 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13186 13187 if (Val) { 13188 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13189 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13190 else { 13191 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13192 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13193 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13194 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13195 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13196 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13197 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13198 ExprResult Converted = 13199 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13200 CCEK_Enumerator); 13201 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13202 Val = nullptr; 13203 else 13204 Val = Converted.get(); 13205 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13206 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13207 &EnumVal).get())) { 13208 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13209 } else { 13210 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13211 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13212 13213 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13214 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13215 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13216 // expression checking. 13217 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13218 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13219 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13220 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13221 } else 13222 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13223 } else 13224 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13225 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13226 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13227 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13228 // is the type of its initializing value: 13229 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13230 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13231 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13232 } else { 13233 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13234 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13235 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13236 // representable as an int. 13237 13238 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13239 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13240 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13241 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13242 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13243 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13244 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13245 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13246 } 13247 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13248 } 13249 } 13250 } 13251 } 13252 13253 if (!Val) { 13254 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13255 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13256 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13257 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13258 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13259 // is the type of its initializing value: 13260 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13261 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13262 // 13263 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13264 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13265 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13266 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13267 } 13268 else { 13269 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13270 } 13271 } else { 13272 // Assign the last value + 1. 13273 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13274 ++EnumVal; 13275 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13276 13277 // Check for overflow on increment. 13278 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13279 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13280 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13281 // is the type of its initializing value: 13282 // 13283 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13284 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13285 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13286 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13287 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13288 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13289 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13290 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13291 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13292 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13293 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13294 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13295 ++EnumVal; 13296 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13297 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13298 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13299 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13300 << EltTy; 13301 else 13302 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13303 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13304 } else { 13305 EltTy = T; 13306 } 13307 13308 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13309 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13310 // value, then increment. 13311 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13312 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13313 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13314 ++EnumVal; 13315 13316 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13317 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13318 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13319 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13320 // integral type. 13321 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13322 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13323 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13324 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13325 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13326 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13327 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13328 } 13329 } 13330 } 13331 13332 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13333 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13334 // enumerator's type. 13335 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13336 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13337 } 13338 13339 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13340 Val, EnumVal); 13341 } 13342 13343 13344 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13345 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13346 AttributeList *Attr, 13347 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13348 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13349 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13350 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13351 13352 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13353 // we find one that is. 13354 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13355 13356 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13357 // scope. 13358 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13359 ForRedeclaration); 13360 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13361 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13362 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13363 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13364 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13365 } 13366 13367 if (PrevDecl) { 13368 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13369 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13370 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13371 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13372 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13373 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13374 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13375 else 13376 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13377 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13378 return nullptr; 13379 } 13380 } 13381 13382 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13383 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13384 // different from T: 13385 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13386 // enumerated type 13387 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 13388 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 13389 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13390 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 13391 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 13392 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 13393 13394 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13395 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13396 13397 if (New) { 13398 // Process attributes. 13399 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13400 13401 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13402 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13403 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13404 } 13405 13406 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13407 13408 return New; 13409 } 13410 13411 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13412 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13413 // Element2 = Element1 13414 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13415 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13416 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13417 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13418 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13419 if (!InitExpr) 13420 return true; 13421 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13422 13423 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13424 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13425 return true; 13426 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13427 if (!IL) 13428 return true; 13429 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13430 return true; 13431 13432 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13433 } 13434 13435 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13436 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13437 if (!DRE) 13438 return true; 13439 13440 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13441 if (!EnumConstant) 13442 return true; 13443 13444 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13445 Enum) 13446 return true; 13447 13448 return false; 13449 } 13450 13451 struct DupKey { 13452 int64_t val; 13453 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13454 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13455 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13456 }; 13457 13458 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13459 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13460 false); 13461 } 13462 13463 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13464 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13465 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13466 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13467 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13468 } 13469 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13470 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13471 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13472 } 13473 }; 13474 13475 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13476 // a previous element has already been set to. 13477 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13478 EnumDecl *Enum, 13479 QualType EnumType) { 13480 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13481 return; 13482 // Avoid anonymous enums 13483 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13484 return; 13485 13486 // Only check for small enums. 13487 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13488 return; 13489 13490 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13491 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13492 13493 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13494 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13495 ValueToVectorMap; 13496 13497 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13498 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13499 13500 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13501 // an initialier. 13502 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13503 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13504 13505 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13506 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13507 if (!ECD) { 13508 return; 13509 } 13510 13511 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13512 continue; 13513 13514 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13515 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13516 13517 // First time encountering this value. 13518 if (Entry.isNull()) 13519 Entry = ECD; 13520 } 13521 13522 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13523 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13524 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13525 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13526 continue; 13527 13528 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13529 13530 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13531 if (Entry.isNull()) 13532 continue; 13533 13534 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13535 // Ensure constants are different. 13536 if (D == ECD) 13537 continue; 13538 13539 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13540 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13541 Vec->push_back(D); 13542 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13543 13544 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13545 Entry = Vec; 13546 13547 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13548 // diagnostics. 13549 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13550 continue; 13551 } 13552 13553 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13554 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13555 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13556 continue; 13557 13558 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13559 } 13560 13561 // Emit diagnostics. 13562 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13563 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13564 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13565 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13566 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13567 13568 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13569 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13570 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13571 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13572 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13573 ++I; 13574 13575 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13576 // the same value. 13577 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13578 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13579 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13580 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13581 delete Vec; 13582 } 13583 } 13584 13585 bool 13586 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 13587 bool AllowMask) const { 13588 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13589 assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 13590 13591 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits(); 13592 unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth(); 13593 13594 // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first. 13595 llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width); 13596 13597 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 13598 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 13599 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 13600 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 13601 // 13602 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 13603 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 13604 // likely a logic error. 13605 if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal)) 13606 return true; 13607 13608 if (AllowMask) { 13609 // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider 13610 // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums. 13611 // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the 13612 // benefit of the doubt. 13613 // 13614 // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended 13615 // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types 13616 // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't 13617 // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases, 13618 // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may 13619 // be fine just to accept this as a warning. 13620 ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth()); 13621 if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal)) 13622 return true; 13623 } 13624 13625 return false; 13626 } 13627 13628 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 13629 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 13630 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13631 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 13632 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 13633 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 13634 13635 if (Attr) 13636 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 13637 13638 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 13639 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13640 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13641 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13642 if (!ECD) continue; 13643 13644 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13645 } 13646 13647 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 13648 return; 13649 } 13650 13651 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 13652 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 13653 // emit a warning. 13654 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13655 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 13656 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 13657 13658 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 13659 // reverse the list. 13660 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 13661 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 13662 13663 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 13664 bool AllElementsInt = true; 13665 13666 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13667 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13668 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13669 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13670 13671 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13672 13673 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 13674 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 13675 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 13676 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 13677 else 13678 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 13679 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 13680 13681 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 13682 if (AllElementsInt) 13683 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 13684 } 13685 13686 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 13687 QualType BestType; 13688 unsigned BestWidth; 13689 13690 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 13691 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 13692 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 13693 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 13694 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 13695 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 13696 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 13697 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 13698 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 13699 QualType BestPromotionType; 13700 13701 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 13702 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 13703 // enum definitions. 13704 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 13705 Packed = true; 13706 13707 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13708 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13709 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 13710 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 13711 else 13712 BestPromotionType = BestType; 13713 13714 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 13715 } 13716 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 13717 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 13718 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 13719 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13720 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 13721 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 13722 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13723 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 13724 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 13725 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 13726 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13727 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 13728 BestType = Context.IntTy; 13729 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13730 } else { 13731 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 13732 13733 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 13734 BestType = Context.LongTy; 13735 } else { 13736 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13737 13738 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 13739 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 13740 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 13741 } 13742 } 13743 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 13744 } else { 13745 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 13746 // all of the enumerator values. 13747 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13748 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 13749 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 13750 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13751 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13752 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 13753 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 13754 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13755 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13756 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 13757 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 13758 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13759 BestPromotionType 13760 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13761 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 13762 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 13763 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 13764 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 13765 BestPromotionType 13766 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13767 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 13768 } else { 13769 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13770 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 13771 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 13772 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 13773 BestPromotionType 13774 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13775 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 13776 } 13777 } 13778 13779 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13780 if (FEAttr) 13781 FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0); 13782 13783 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 13784 // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the 13785 // FlagBits cache. 13786 for (auto *D : Elements) { 13787 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 13788 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13789 13790 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 13791 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 13792 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 13793 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 13794 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 13795 13796 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 13797 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13798 13799 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 13800 // the enum decl type. 13801 QualType NewTy; 13802 unsigned NewWidth; 13803 bool NewSign; 13804 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13805 !Enum->isFixed() && 13806 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 13807 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 13808 NewWidth = IntWidth; 13809 NewSign = true; 13810 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 13811 // Already the right type! 13812 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13813 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13814 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13815 // enumeration. 13816 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13817 goto flagbits; 13818 } else { 13819 NewTy = BestType; 13820 NewWidth = BestWidth; 13821 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 13822 } 13823 13824 // Adjust the APSInt value. 13825 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 13826 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 13827 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 13828 13829 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 13830 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 13831 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 13832 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 13833 CK_IntegralCast, 13834 ECD->getInitExpr(), 13835 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 13836 VK_RValue)); 13837 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13838 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13839 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13840 // enumeration. 13841 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13842 else 13843 ECD->setType(NewTy); 13844 13845 flagbits: 13846 // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x 13847 // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set. 13848 if (FEAttr) { 13849 llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth); 13850 if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) { 13851 FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal; 13852 } 13853 } 13854 } 13855 13856 if (FEAttr) { 13857 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 13858 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 13859 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13860 13861 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13862 if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 13863 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 13864 << ECD << Enum; 13865 } 13866 } 13867 13868 13869 13870 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 13871 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 13872 13873 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 13874 13875 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 13876 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 13877 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 13878 } 13879 13880 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 13881 SourceLocation StartLoc, 13882 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 13883 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 13884 13885 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 13886 AsmString, StartLoc, 13887 EndLoc); 13888 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13889 return New; 13890 } 13891 13892 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 13893 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13894 DeclContext *DC) { 13895 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 13896 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 13897 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 13898 if (!M->IsExternC) { 13899 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 13900 << M->getFullModuleName(); 13901 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 13902 return; 13903 } 13904 break; 13905 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 13906 break; 13907 } 13908 DC = LSD->getParent(); 13909 } 13910 13911 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 13912 DC = DC->getParent(); 13913 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 13914 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13915 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 13916 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 13917 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13918 << DC; 13919 } 13920 } 13921 13922 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 13923 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13924 ModuleIdPath Path) { 13925 Module *Mod = 13926 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 13927 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 13928 if (!Mod) 13929 return true; 13930 13931 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 13932 13933 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 13934 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 13935 // silently ignoring the import. 13936 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 13937 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 13938 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 13939 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 13940 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 13941 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 13942 13943 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 13944 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 13945 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 13946 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 13947 // We need the length to be consistent. 13948 if (!ModCheck) 13949 break; 13950 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 13951 13952 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 13953 } 13954 13955 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 13956 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 13957 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 13958 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 13959 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 13960 return Import; 13961 } 13962 13963 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 13964 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 13965 13966 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here? 13967 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc, 13968 /*Complain=*/true); 13969 } 13970 13971 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 13972 Module *Mod) { 13973 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 13974 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 13975 return; 13976 13977 // Create the implicit import declaration. 13978 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 13979 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 13980 Loc, Mod, Loc); 13981 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 13982 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 13983 13984 // Make the module visible. 13985 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 13986 /*Complain=*/false); 13987 } 13988 13989 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13990 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13991 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13992 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13993 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13994 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 13995 LookupOrdinaryName); 13996 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, 13997 AliasName->getName(), 0); 13998 13999 if (PrevDecl) 14000 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14001 else 14002 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14003 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 14004 } 14005 14006 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14007 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14008 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14009 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14010 14011 if (PrevDecl) { 14012 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14013 } else { 14014 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14015 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14016 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14017 } 14018 } 14019 14020 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14021 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14022 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14023 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14024 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14025 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14026 LookupOrdinaryName); 14027 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14028 14029 if (PrevDecl) { 14030 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14031 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14032 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14033 } else { 14034 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14035 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14036 } 14037 } 14038 14039 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14040 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14041 } 14042 14043 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14044 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14045 if (!D) 14046 return AR_Available; 14047 14048 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14049 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14050 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14051 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14052 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14053 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14054 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14055 if (R != AR_Available) 14056 return R; 14057 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14058 } 14059 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14060 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14061 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14062 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14063 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14064 } 14065 // Recover from user error. 14066 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14067 } 14068